2 by Michael Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu>
5 ``All mail clients suck. This one just sucks less.'' -me, circa 1995
6 ______________________________________________________________________
14 1.3 Software Distribution Sites
21 2.1 Moving Around in Menus
22 2.2 Editing Input Fields
23 2.3 Reading Mail - The Index and Pager
24 2.3.1 The Message Index
28 2.3.4 Miscellaneous Functions
30 2.4.1 Editing the message header
31 2.4.2 Using Mutt with PGP
32 2.4.3 Sending anonymous messages via mixmaster.
33 2.5 Forwarding and Bouncing Mail
35 2.7 Reading news via NNTP
39 3.1 Syntax of Initialization Files
40 3.2 Defining/Using aliases
41 3.3 Changing the default key bindings
42 3.4 Defining aliases for character sets
43 3.5 Setting variables based upon mailbox
45 3.7 Using color and mono video attributes
46 3.8 Ignoring (weeding) unwanted message headers
47 3.9 Alternative addresses
49 3.11 Using Multiple spool mailboxes
50 3.12 Defining mailboxes which receive mail
51 3.13 User defined headers
52 3.14 Defining the order of headers when viewing messages
53 3.15 Specify default save filename
54 3.16 Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing
55 3.17 Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once
56 3.18 Change settings based upon message recipients
57 3.19 Change settings before formatting a message
58 3.20 Choosing the cryptographic key of the recipient
59 3.21 Adding key sequences to the keyboard buffer
60 3.22 Executing functions
62 3.24 Setting variables
63 3.25 Reading initialization commands from another file
68 4.1 Regular Expressions
70 4.2.1 Pattern Modifier
71 4.2.2 Complex Patterns
72 4.2.3 Searching by Date
75 4.4.1 Message Matching in Hooks
76 4.5 External Address Queries
79 4.8 Handling Mailing Lists
80 4.9 Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support
81 4.10 POP3 Support (OPTIONAL)
82 4.11 IMAP Support (OPTIONAL)
83 4.11.1 The Folder Browser
85 4.12 Managing multiple IMAP/POP accounts (OPTIONAL)
86 4.13 Start a WWW Browser on URLs (EXTERNAL)
88 5. Mutt's MIME Support
90 5.1 Using MIME in Mutt
91 5.1.1 Viewing MIME messages in the pager
92 5.1.2 The Attachment Menu
93 5.1.3 The Compose Menu
94 5.2 MIME Type configuration with
95 5.3 MIME Viewer configuration with
96 5.3.1 The Basics of the mailcap file
97 5.3.2 Secure use of mailcap
98 5.3.3 Advanced mailcap Usage
99 5.3.3.1 Optional Fields
101 5.3.3.3 Command Expansion
102 5.3.4 Example mailcap files
104 5.5 MIME Multipart/Alternative
109 6.1 Command line options
110 6.2 Configuration Commands
111 6.3 Configuration variables
112 6.3.1 abort_nosubject
113 6.3.2 abort_unmodified
123 6.3.12 ask_x_comment_to
133 6.3.22 bounce_delivered
134 6.3.23 catchup_newsgroup
137 6.3.26 collapse_unread
138 6.3.27 uncollapse_jump
139 6.3.28 compose_format
142 6.3.31 connect_timeout
146 6.3.35 crypt_autosmime
151 6.3.40 digest_collapse
152 6.3.41 display_filter
153 6.3.42 dotlock_program
156 6.3.45 duplicate_threads
168 6.3.57 followup_to_poster
170 6.3.59 forward_decode
172 6.3.61 forward_format
176 6.3.65 group_index_format
183 6.3.72 hide_top_limited
184 6.3.73 hide_top_missing
186 6.3.75 honor_followup_to
188 6.3.77 ignore_list_reply_to
189 6.3.78 imap_authenticators
190 6.3.79 imap_delim_chars
191 6.3.80 imap_force_ssl
192 6.3.81 imap_home_namespace
193 6.3.82 imap_keepalive
194 6.3.83 imap_list_subscribed
198 6.3.87 imap_servernoise
200 6.3.89 implicit_autoview
210 6.3.99 mailcap_sanitize
211 6.3.100 maildir_trash
221 6.3.110 mh_seq_flagged
222 6.3.111 mh_seq_replied
223 6.3.112 mh_seq_unseen
225 6.3.114 mime_forward_decode
226 6.3.115 mime_forward_rest
228 6.3.117 mix_entry_format
231 6.3.120 message_format
233 6.3.122 news_cache_dir
237 6.3.126 nntp_load_description
241 6.3.130 nntp_reconnect
243 6.3.132 pager_context
245 6.3.134 pager_index_lines
247 6.3.136 crypt_autosign
248 6.3.137 crypt_autoencrypt
249 6.3.138 pgp_ignore_subkeys
250 6.3.139 crypt_replyencrypt
251 6.3.140 crypt_replysign
252 6.3.141 crypt_replysignencrypted
253 6.3.142 crypt_timestamp
254 6.3.143 pgp_use_gpg_agent
255 6.3.144 crypt_verify_sig
256 6.3.145 smime_is_default
257 6.3.146 smime_ask_cert_label
258 6.3.147 smime_decrypt_use_default_key
259 6.3.148 pgp_entry_format
260 6.3.149 pgp_good_sign
261 6.3.150 pgp_check_exit
263 6.3.152 pgp_retainable_sigs
264 6.3.153 pgp_show_unusable
266 6.3.155 pgp_strict_enc
268 6.3.157 pgp_sort_keys
269 6.3.158 pgp_create_traditional
270 6.3.159 pgp_auto_traditional
271 6.3.160 pgp_decode_command
272 6.3.161 pgp_getkeys_command
273 6.3.162 pgp_verify_command
274 6.3.163 pgp_decrypt_command
275 6.3.164 pgp_clearsign_command
276 6.3.165 pgp_sign_command
277 6.3.166 pgp_encrypt_sign_command
278 6.3.167 pgp_encrypt_only_command
279 6.3.168 pgp_import_command
280 6.3.169 pgp_export_command
281 6.3.170 pgp_verify_key_command
282 6.3.171 pgp_list_secring_command
283 6.3.172 pgp_list_pubring_command
284 6.3.173 forward_decrypt
285 6.3.174 smime_timeout
286 6.3.175 smime_encrypt_with
288 6.3.177 smime_ca_location
289 6.3.178 smime_certificates
290 6.3.179 smime_decrypt_command
291 6.3.180 smime_verify_command
292 6.3.181 smime_verify_opaque_command
293 6.3.182 smime_sign_command
294 6.3.183 smime_sign_opaque_command
295 6.3.184 smime_encrypt_command
296 6.3.185 smime_pk7out_command
297 6.3.186 smime_get_cert_command
298 6.3.187 smime_get_signer_cert_command
299 6.3.188 smime_import_cert_command
300 6.3.189 smime_get_cert_email_command
301 6.3.190 smime_default_key
303 6.3.192 certificate_file
304 6.3.193 ssl_usesystemcerts
306 6.3.195 ssl_use_sslv2
307 6.3.196 ssl_use_sslv3
308 6.3.197 ssl_use_tlsv1
312 6.3.201 pop_authenticators
313 6.3.202 pop_auth_try_all
314 6.3.203 pop_checkinterval
318 6.3.207 pop_reconnect
321 6.3.210 post_indent_string
322 6.3.211 post_moderated
327 6.3.216 print_command
331 6.3.220 query_command
343 6.3.232 reverse_alias
345 6.3.234 reverse_realname
346 6.3.235 rfc2047_parameters
351 6.3.240 score_threshold_delete
352 6.3.241 score_threshold_flag
353 6.3.242 score_threshold_read
356 6.3.245 sendmail_wait
358 6.3.247 save_unsubscribed
359 6.3.248 show_new_news
360 6.3.249 show_only_unread
364 6.3.253 simple_search
375 6.3.264 status_format
376 6.3.265 status_on_top
377 6.3.266 strict_threads
380 6.3.269 thread_received
381 6.3.270 thorough_search
416 7.2 About this document
418 ______________________________________________________________________
420 1
\b1.
\b. I
\bIn
\bnt
\btr
\bro
\bod
\bdu
\buc
\bct
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn
422 M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt is a small but very powerful text-based MIME mail client. Mutt
423 is highly configurable, and is well suited to the mail power user with
424 advanced features like key bindings, keyboard macros, mail threading,
425 regular expression searches and a powerful pattern matching language
426 for selecting groups of messages.
428 1
\b1.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt H
\bHo
\bom
\bme
\be P
\bPa
\bag
\bge
\be
432 1
\b1.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bli
\bin
\bng
\bg L
\bLi
\bis
\bst
\bts
\bs
434 To subscribe to one of the following mailing lists, send a message
435 with the word _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be in the body to list-name_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bs_
\bt@mutt.org.
437 · mutt-announce@mutt.org -- low traffic list for announcements
439 · mutt-users@mutt.org -- help, bug reports and feature requests
441 · mutt-dev@mutt.org -- development mailing list
443 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: all messages posted to _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\ba_
\bn_
\bn_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\be are automatically forwarded
444 to _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs, so you do not need to be subscribed to both lists.
446 1
\b1.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. S
\bSo
\bof
\bft
\btw
\bwa
\bar
\bre
\be D
\bDi
\bis
\bst
\btr
\bri
\bib
\bbu
\but
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn S
\bSi
\bit
\bte
\bes
\bs
448 · ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/
450 For a list of mirror sites, please refer to
451 http://www.mutt.org/download.html.
453 1
\b1.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. I
\bIR
\bRC
\bC
455 Visit channel _
\b#_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt on OpenProjects.Net (www.openprojects.net) to chat
456 with other people interested in Mutt.
458 1
\b1.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. U
\bUS
\bSE
\bEN
\bNE
\bET
\bT
460 See the newsgroup comp.mail.mutt.
462 1
\b1.
\b.6
\b6.
\b. C
\bCo
\bop
\bpy
\byr
\bri
\big
\bgh
\bht
\bt
464 Mutt is Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Michael R. Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu> and
467 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
468 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
469 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
470 your option) any later version.
472 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
473 WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
474 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
475 General Public License for more details.
477 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
478 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
479 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA.
481 2
\b2.
\b. G
\bGe
\bet
\btt
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg S
\bSt
\bta
\bar
\brt
\bte
\bed
\bd
483 This section is intended as a brief overview of how to use Mutt.
484 There are many other features which are described elsewhere in the
485 manual. There is even more information available in the Mutt FAQ and
486 various web pages. See the Mutt Page for more details.
488 The keybindings described in this section are the defaults as
489 distributed. Your local system administrator may have altered the
490 defaults for your site. You can always type ``?'' in any menu to
491 display the current bindings.
493 The first thing you need to do is invoke mutt, simply by typing mutt
494 at the command line. There are various command-line options, see
495 either the mutt man page or the ``reference''.
497 2
\b2.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. M
\bMo
\bov
\bvi
\bin
\bng
\bg A
\bAr
\bro
\bou
\bun
\bnd
\bd i
\bin
\bn M
\bMe
\ben
\bnu
\bus
\bs
499 Information is presented in menus, very similar to ELM. Here is a
500 table showing the common keys used to navigate menus in Mutt.
502 j or Down next-entry move to the next entry
503 k or Up previous-entry move to the previous entry
504 z or PageDn page-down go to the next page
505 Z or PageUp page-up go to the previous page
506 = or Home first-entry jump to the first entry
507 * or End last-entry jump to the last entry
508 q quit exit the current menu
509 ? help list all keybindings for the current menu
511 2
\b2.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. E
\bEd
\bdi
\bit
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg I
\bIn
\bnp
\bpu
\but
\bt F
\bFi
\bie
\bel
\bld
\bds
\bs
513 Mutt has a builtin line editor which is used as the primary way to
514 input textual data such as email addresses or filenames. The keys
515 used to move around while editing are very similar to those of Emacs.
517 ^A or <Home> bol move to the start of the line
518 ^B or <Left> backward-char move back one char
519 Esc B backward-word move back one word
520 ^D or <Delete> delete-char delete the char under the cursor
521 ^E or <End> eol move to the end of the line
522 ^F or <Right> forward-char move forward one char
523 Esc F forward-word move forward one word
524 <Tab> complete complete filename or alias
525 ^T complete-query complete address with query
526 ^K kill-eol delete to the end of the line
527 ESC d kill-eow delete to the end ot the word
528 ^W kill-word kill the word in front of the cursor
529 ^U kill-line delete entire line
530 ^V quote-char quote the next typed key
531 <Up> history-up recall previous string from history
532 <Down> history-down recall next string from history
533 <BackSpace> backspace kill the char in front of the cursor
534 Esc u upcase-word convert word to upper case
535 Esc l downcase-word convert word to lower case
536 Esc c capitalize-word capitalize the word
538 <Return> n/a finish editing
540 You can remap the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br functions using the ``bind'' command. For
541 example, to make the _
\bD_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be key delete the character in front of the
542 cursor rather than under, you could use
544 bind editor <delete> backspace
546 2
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. R
\bRe
\bea
\bad
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bl -
\b- T
\bTh
\bhe
\be I
\bIn
\bnd
\bde
\bex
\bx a
\ban
\bnd
\bd P
\bPa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br
548 Similar to many other mail clients, there are two modes in which mail
549 is read in Mutt. The first is the index of messages in the mailbox,
550 which is called the ``index'' in Mutt. The second mode is the display
551 of the message contents. This is called the ``pager.''
553 The next few sections describe the functions provided in each of these
556 2
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. T
\bTh
\bhe
\be M
\bMe
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be I
\bIn
\bnd
\bde
\bex
\bx
558 c change to a different mailbox
559 ESC c change to a folder in read-only mode
560 C copy the current message to another mailbox
561 ESC C decode a message and copy it to a folder
562 ESC s decode a message and save it to a folder
563 D delete messages matching a pattern
564 d delete the current message
566 l show messages matching a pattern
567 N mark message as new
568 o change the current sort method
569 O reverse sort the mailbox
570 q save changes and exit
572 T tag messages matching a pattern
573 t toggle the tag on a message
574 ESC t toggle tag on entire message thread
575 U undelete messages matching a pattern
578 x abort changes and exit
579 <Return> display-message
580 <Tab> jump to the next new message
581 @ show the author's full e-mail address
582 $ save changes to mailbox
585 ^L clear and redraw the screen
586 ^T untag messages matching a pattern
588 2
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b1.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. S
\bSt
\bta
\bat
\btu
\bus
\bs F
\bFl
\bla
\bag
\bgs
\bs
590 In addition to who sent the message and the subject, a short summary
591 of the disposition of each message is printed beside the message
592 number. Zero or more of the following ``flags'' may appear, which
595 D
\bD message is deleted (is marked for deletion)
597 d
\bd message have attachments marked for deletion
599 K
\bK contains a PGP public key
605 P
\bP message is PGP encrypted
607 r
\br message has been replied to
609 S
\bS message is signed, and the signature is succesfully verified
611 s
\bs message is signed
613 !
\b! message is flagged
615 *
\b* message is tagged
617 Some of the status flags can be turned on or off using
619 · s
\bse
\bet
\bt-
\b-f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bg (default: w)
621 · c
\bcl
\ble
\bea
\bar
\br-
\b-f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bg (default: W)
623 Furthermore, the following flags reflect who the message is addressed
624 to. They can be customized with the ``$to_chars'' variable.
626 +
\b+ message is to you and you only
628 T
\bT message is to you, but also to or cc'ed to others
630 C
\bC message is cc'ed to you
632 F
\bF message is from you
634 L
\bL message is sent to a subscribed mailing list
636 2
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. T
\bTh
\bhe
\be P
\bPa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br
638 By default, Mutt uses its builtin pager to display the body of
639 messages. The pager is very similar to the Unix program _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs though
640 not nearly as featureful.
642 <Return> go down one line
643 <Space> display the next page (or next message if at the end of a message)
644 - go back to the previous page
645 n search for next match
646 S skip beyond quoted text
647 T toggle display of quoted text
649 / search for a regular expression (pattern)
650 ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
651 \ toggle search pattern coloring
652 ^ jump to the top of the message
654 In addition, many of the functions from the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx are available in the
655 pager, such as _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be or _
\bc_
\bo_
\bp_
\by_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be (this is one advantage
656 over using an external pager to view messages).
658 Also, the internal pager supports a couple other advanced features.
659 For one, it will accept and translate the ``standard'' nroff sequences
660 for bold and underline. These sequences are a series of either the
661 letter, backspace (^H), the letter again for bold or the letter,
662 backspace, ``_'' for denoting underline. Mutt will attempt to display
663 these in bold and underline respectively if your terminal supports
664 them. If not, you can use the bold and underline ``color'' objects to
665 specify a color or mono attribute for them.
667 Additionally, the internal pager supports the ANSI escape sequences
668 for character attributes. Mutt translates them into the correct color
669 and character settings. The sequences Mutt supports are:
671 ESC [ Ps;Ps;Ps;...;Ps m
678 3x Foreground color is x
679 4x Background color is x
691 Mutt uses these attributes for handling text/enriched messages, and
692 they can also be used by an external ``autoview'' script for
693 highlighting purposes. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you change the colors for your
694 display, for example by changing the color associated with color2 for
695 your xterm, then that color will be used instead of green.
697 2
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. T
\bTh
\bhr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bde
\bed
\bd M
\bMo
\bod
\bde
\be
699 When the mailbox is ``sorted'' by _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs, there are a few additional
700 functions available in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx and _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br modes.
702 ^D delete-thread delete all messages in the current thread
703 ^U undelete-thread undelete all messages in the current thread
704 ^N next-thread jump to the start of the next thread
705 ^P previous-thread jump to the start of the previous thread
706 ^R read-thread mark the current thread as read
707 ESC d delete-subthread delete all messages in the current subthread
708 ESC u undelete-subthread undelete all messages in the current subthread
709 ESC n next-subthread jump to the start of the next subthread
710 ESC p previous-subthread jump to the start of the previous subthread
711 ESC r read-subthread mark the current subthread as read
712 ESC t tag-thread toggle the tag on the current thread
713 ESC v collapse-thread toggle collapse for the current thread
714 ESC V collapse-all toggle collapse for all threads
715 P parent-message jump to parent message in thread
717 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Collapsing a thread displays only the first message in the
718 thread and hides the others. This is useful when threads contain so
719 many messages that you can only see a handful of threads on the
720 screen. See %M in ``$index_format''. For example, you could use
721 "%?M?(#%03M)&(%4l)?" in ``$index_format'' to optionally display the
722 number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
724 See also: ``$strict_threads''.
726 2
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. M
\bMi
\bis
\bsc
\bce
\bel
\bll
\bla
\ban
\bne
\beo
\bou
\bus
\bs F
\bFu
\bun
\bnc
\bct
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bns
\bs
728 c
\bcr
\bre
\bea
\bat
\bte
\be-
\b-a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs (default: a)
730 Creates a new alias based upon the current message (or prompts for a
731 new one). Once editing is complete, an ``alias'' command is added to
732 the file specified by the ``$alias_file'' variable for future use.
733 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Specifying an ``$alias_file'' does not add the aliases specified
734 there-in, you must also ``source'' the file.
736 c
\bch
\bhe
\bec
\bck
\bk-
\b-t
\btr
\bra
\bad
\bdi
\bit
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bna
\bal
\bl-
\b-p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp (default: ESC P)
738 This function will search the current message for content signed or
739 encrypted with PGP the "traditional" way, that is, without proper MIME
740 tagging. Technically, this function will temporarily change the MIME
741 content types of the body parts containing PGP data; this is similar
742 to the ``edit-type'' function's effect.
744 d
\bdi
\bis
\bsp
\bpl
\bla
\bay
\by-
\b-t
\bto
\bog
\bgg
\bgl
\ble
\be-
\b-w
\bwe
\bee
\bed
\bd (default: h)
746 Toggles the weeding of message header fields specified by ``ignore''
749 e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt (default: e)
751 This command (available in the ``index'' and ``pager'') allows you to
752 edit the raw current message as it's present in the mail folder.
753 After you have finished editing, the changed message will be appended
754 to the current folder, and the original message will be marked for
757 e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt-
\b-t
\bty
\byp
\bpe
\be
758 (default: ^E on the attachment menu, and in the pager and index menus;
759 ^T on the compose menu)
761 This command is used to temporarily edit an attachment's content type
762 to fix, for instance, bogus character set parameters. When invoked
763 from the index or from the pager, you'll have the opportunity to edit
764 the top-level attachment's content type. On the ``attachment menu'',
765 you can change any attachment's content type. These changes are not
766 persistent, and get lost upon changing folders.
768 Note that this command is also available on the ``compose menu''.
769 There, it's used to fine-tune the properties of attachments you are
772 e
\ben
\bnt
\bte
\ber
\br-
\b-c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd (default: ``:'')
774 This command is used to execute any command you would normally put in
775 a configuration file. A common use is to check the settings of
776 variables, or in conjunction with ``macros'' to change settings on the
779 e
\bex
\bxt
\btr
\bra
\bac
\bct
\bt-
\b-k
\bke
\bey
\bys
\bs (default: ^K)
781 This command extracts PGP public keys from the current or tagged
782 message(s) and adds them to your PGP public key ring.
784 f
\bfo
\bor
\brg
\bge
\bet
\bt-
\b-p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bsp
\bph
\bhr
\bra
\bas
\bse
\be (default: ^F)
786 This command wipes the passphrase(s) from memory. It is useful, if you
787 misspelled the passphrase.
789 l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt-
\b-r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by (default: L)
791 Reply to the current or tagged message(s) by extracting any addresses
792 which match the addresses given by the ``lists or subscribe''
793 commands, but also honor any Mail-Followup-To header(s) if the
794 ``$honor_followup_to'' configuration variable is set. Using this when
795 replying to messages posted to mailing lists helps avoid duplicate
796 copies being sent to the author of the message you are replying to.
798 p
\bpi
\bip
\bpe
\be-
\b-m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be (default: |)
800 Asks for an external Unix command and pipes the current or tagged
801 message(s) to it. The variables ``$pipe_decode'', ``$pipe_split'',
802 ``$pipe_sep'' and ``$wait_key'' control the exact behaviour of this
805 r
\bre
\bes
\bse
\ben
\bnd
\bd-
\b-m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be (default: ESC e)
807 With resend-message, mutt takes the current message as a template for
808 a new message. This function is best described as "recall from
809 arbitrary folders". It can conveniently be used to forward MIME
810 messages while preserving the original mail structure. Note that the
811 amount of headers included here depends on the value of the ``$weed''
814 This function is also available from the attachment menu. You can use
815 this to easily resend a message which was included with a bounce
816 message as a message/rfc822 body part.
818 s
\bsh
\bhe
\bel
\bll
\bl-
\b-e
\bes
\bsc
\bca
\bap
\bpe
\be (default: !)
820 Asks for an external Unix command and executes it. The ``$wait_key''
821 can be used to control whether Mutt will wait for a key to be pressed
822 when the command returns (presumably to let the user read the output
823 of the command), based on the return status of the named command.
825 t
\bto
\bog
\bgg
\bgl
\ble
\be-
\b-q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\bed
\bd (default: T)
827 The _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br uses the ``$quote_regexp'' variable to detect quoted text
828 when displaying the body of the message. This function toggles the
829 display of the quoted material in the message. It is particularly
830 useful when are interested in just the response and there is a large
831 amount of quoted text in the way.
833 s
\bsk
\bki
\bip
\bp-
\b-q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\bed
\bd (default: S)
835 This function will go to the next line of non-quoted text which come
836 after a line of quoted text in the internal pager.
838 2
\b2.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. S
\bSe
\ben
\bnd
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bl
840 The following bindings are available in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx for sending
843 m compose compose a new message
844 r reply reply to sender
845 g group-reply reply to all recipients
846 L list-reply reply to mailing list address
847 f forward forward message
848 b bounce bounce (remail) message
849 ESC k mail-key mail a PGP public key to someone
851 Bouncing a message sends the message as is to the recipient you
852 specify. Forwarding a message allows you to add comments or modify
853 the message you are forwarding. These items are discussed in greater
854 detail in the next chapter ````Forwarding and Bouncing Mail''''.
856 Mutt will then enter the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu and prompt you for the
857 recipients to place on the ``To:'' header field. Next, it will ask
858 you for the ``Subject:'' field for the message, providing a default if
859 you are replying to or forwarding a message. See also ``$askcc'',
860 ``$askbcc'', ``$autoedit'', ``$bounce'', and ``$fast_reply'' for
861 changing how Mutt asks these questions.
863 Mutt will then automatically start your ``$editor'' on the message
864 body. If the ``$edit_headers'' variable is set, the headers will be
865 at the top of the message in your editor. Any messages you are
866 replying to will be added in sort order to the message, with
867 appropriate ``$attribution'', ``$indent_string'' and
868 ``$post_indent_string''. When forwarding a message, if the
869 ``$mime_forward'' variable is unset, a copy of the forwarded message
870 will be included. If you have specified a ``$signature'', it will be
871 appended to the message.
873 Once you have finished editing the body of your mail message, you are
874 returned to the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu. The following options are available:
876 a attach-file attach a file
877 A attach-message attach message(s) to the message
878 ESC k attach-key attach a PGP public key
879 d edit-description edit description on attachment
880 D detach-file detach a file
881 t edit-to edit the To field
882 ESC f edit-from edit the From field
883 r edit-reply-to edit the Reply-To field
884 c edit-cc edit the Cc field
885 b edit-bcc edit the Bcc field
886 y send-message send the message
887 s edit-subject edit the Subject
888 S smime-menu select S/MIME options
889 f edit-fcc specify an ``Fcc'' mailbox
890 p pgp-menu select PGP options
891 P postpone-message postpone this message until later
892 q quit quit (abort) sending the message
893 w write-fcc write the message to a folder
894 i ispell check spelling (if available on your system)
895 ^F forget-passphrase wipe passphrase(s) from memory
897 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The attach-message function will prompt you for a folder to
898 attach messages from. You can now tag messages in that folder and they
899 will be attached to the message you are sending. Note that certain
900 operations like composing a new mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are
901 not permitted when you are in that folder. The %r in
902 ``$status_format'' will change to a 'A' to indicate that you are in
905 2
\b2.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. E
\bEd
\bdi
\bit
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg t
\bth
\bhe
\be m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be h
\bhe
\bea
\bad
\bde
\ber
\br
907 When editing the header of your outgoing message, there are a couple
908 of special features available.
911 Fcc: _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
912 Mutt will pick up _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be just as if you had used the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc
913 function in the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu.
915 You can also attach files to your message by specifying
916 Attach: _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
917 where _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be is the file to attach and _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn is an optional
918 string to use as the description of the attached file.
920 When replying to messages, if you remove the _
\bI_
\bn_
\b-_
\bR_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b-_
\bT_
\bo_
\b: field from
921 the header field, Mutt will not generate a _
\bR_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\b: field, which
922 allows you to create a new message thread.
924 Also see ``edit_headers''.
926 2
\b2.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt w
\bwi
\bit
\bth
\bh P
\bPG
\bGP
\bP
928 If you want to use PGP, you can specify
930 Pgp: [ E | S | S<id> ]
932 ``E'' encrypts, ``S'' signs and ``S<id>'' signs with the given key,
933 setting ``$pgp_sign_as'' permanently.
935 If you have told mutt to PGP encrypt a message, it will guide you
936 through a key selection process when you try to send the message.
937 Mutt will not ask you any questions about keys which have a certified
938 user ID matching one of the message recipients' mail addresses.
939 However, there may be situations in which there are several keys,
940 weakly certified user ID fields, or where no matching keys can be
943 In these cases, you are dropped into a menu with a list of keys from
944 which you can select one. When you quit this menu, or mutt can't find
945 any matching keys, you are prompted for a user ID. You can, as
946 usually, abort this prompt using ^G. When you do so, mutt will return
947 to the compose screen.
949 Once you have successfully finished the key selection, the message
950 will be encrypted using the selected public keys, and sent out.
952 Most fields of the entries in the key selection menu (see also
953 ``$pgp_entry_format'') have obvious meanings. But some explanations
954 on the capabilities, flags, and validity fields are in order.
956 The flags sequence (%f) will expand to one of the following flags:
958 R The key has been revoked and can't be used.
959 X The key is expired and can't be used.
960 d You have marked the key as disabled.
961 c There are unknown critical self-signature
964 The capabilities field (%c) expands to a two-character sequence
965 representing a key's capabilities. The first character gives the
966 key's encryption capabilities: A minus sign (-
\b-) means that the key
967 cannot be used for encryption. A dot (.
\b.) means that it's marked as a
968 signature key in one of the user IDs, but may also be used for
969 encryption. The letter e
\be indicates that this key can be used for
972 The second character indicates the key's signing capabilities. Once
973 again, a ``-
\b-'' implies ``not for signing'', ``.
\b.'' implies that the key
974 is marked as an encryption key in one of the user-ids, and ``s
\bs''
975 denotes a key which can be used for signing.
977 Finally, the validity field (%t) indicates how well-certified a user-
978 id is. A question mark (?
\b?) indicates undefined validity, a minus
979 character (-
\b-) marks an untrusted association, a space character means
980 a partially trusted association, and a plus character (+
\b+) indicates
983 2
\b2.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. S
\bSe
\ben
\bnd
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg a
\ban
\bno
\bon
\bny
\bym
\bmo
\bou
\bus
\bs m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\bes
\bs v
\bvi
\bia
\ba m
\bmi
\bix
\bxm
\bma
\bas
\bst
\bte
\ber
\br.
\b.
985 You may also have configured mutt to co-operate with Mixmaster, an
986 anonymous remailer. Mixmaster permits you to send your messages
987 anonymously using a chain of remailers. Mixmaster support in mutt is
988 for mixmaster version 2.04 (beta 45 appears to be the latest) and
989 2.03. It does not support earlier versions or the later so-called
990 version 3 betas, of which the latest appears to be called 2.9b23.
992 To use it, you'll have to obey certain restrictions. Most important,
993 you cannot use the Cc and Bcc headers. To tell Mutt to use mixmaster,
994 you have to select a remailer chain, using the mix function on the
997 The chain selection screen is divided into two parts. In the (larger)
998 upper part, you get a list of remailers you may use. In the lower
999 part, you see the currently selected chain of remailers.
1001 You can navigate in the chain using the chain-prev and chain-next
1002 functions, which are by default bound to the left and right arrows and
1003 to the h and l keys (think vi keyboard bindings). To insert a
1004 remailer at the current chain position, use the insert function. To
1005 append a remailer behind the current chain position, use select-entry
1006 or append. You can also delete entries from the chain, using the
1007 corresponding function. Finally, to abandon your changes, leave the
1008 menu, or accept them pressing (by default) the Return key.
1010 Note that different remailers do have different capabilities,
1011 indicated in the %c entry of the remailer menu lines (see
1012 ``$mix_entry_format''). Most important is the ``middleman''
1013 capability, indicated by a capital ``M'': This means that the remailer
1014 in question cannot be used as the final element of a chain, but will
1015 only forward messages to other mixmaster remailers. For details on
1016 the other capabilities, please have a look at the mixmaster
1019 2
\b2.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. F
\bFo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg a
\ban
\bnd
\bd B
\bBo
\bou
\bun
\bnc
\bci
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bl
1021 Bouncing and forwarding let you send an existing message to recipients
1022 that you specify. Bouncing a message uses the ``sendmail'' command to
1023 send a copy to alternative addresses as if they were the message's
1024 original recipients. Forwarding a message, on the other hand, allows
1025 you to modify the message before it is resent (for example, by adding
1027 The following keys are bound by default:
1029 f forward forward message
1030 b bounce bounce (remail) message
1032 Forwarding can be done by including the original message in the new
1033 message's body (surrounded by indicating lines) or including it as a
1034 MIME attachment, depending on the value of the ``$mime_forward''
1035 variable. Decoding of attachments, like in the pager, can be
1036 controlled by the ``$forward_decode'' and ``$mime_forward_decode''
1037 variables, respectively. The desired forwarding format may depend on
1038 the content, therefore _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd is a quadoption which, for
1039 example, can be set to ``ask-no''.
1041 The inclusion of headers is controlled by the current setting of the
1042 ``$weed'' variable, unless ``mime_forward'' is set.
1044 Editing the message to forward follows the same procedure as sending
1045 or replying to a message does.
1047 2
\b2.
\b.6
\b6.
\b. P
\bPo
\bos
\bst
\btp
\bpo
\bon
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bl
1049 At times it is desirable to delay sending a message that you have
1050 already begun to compose. When the _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be function is used
1051 in the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu, the body of your message and attachments are
1052 stored in the mailbox specified by the ``$postponed'' variable. This
1053 means that you can recall the message even if you exit Mutt and then
1054 restart it at a later time.
1056 Once a message is postponed, there are several ways to resume it.
1057 From the command line you can use the ``-p'' option, or if you _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be
1058 a new message from the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx or _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br you will be prompted if
1059 postponed messages exist. If multiple messages are currently
1060 postponed, the _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd menu will pop up and you can select which
1061 message you would like to resume.
1063 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you postpone a reply to a message, the reply setting of the
1064 message is only updated when you actually finish the message and send
1065 it. Also, you must be in the same folder with the message you replied
1066 to for the status of the message to be updated.
1068 See also the ``$postpone'' quad-option.
1070 2
\b2.
\b.7
\b7.
\b. R
\bRe
\bea
\bad
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg n
\bne
\bew
\bws
\bs v
\bvi
\bia
\ba N
\bNN
\bNT
\bTP
\bP
1072 If compiled with ``--enable-nntp'' option, Mutt can read news from
1073 newsserver via NNTP. You can open a newsgroup with function ``change-
1074 newsgroup'' (default: i). Default newsserver can be obtained from
1075 _
\bN_
\bN_
\bT_
\bP_
\bS_
\bE_
\bR_
\bV_
\bE_
\bR environment variable. Like other news readers, info about
1076 subscribed newsgroups is saved in file by ``$newsrc'' variable.
1077 Article headers are cached and can be loaded from file when newsgroup
1078 entered instead loading from newsserver.
1080 3
\b3.
\b. C
\bCo
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\big
\bgu
\bur
\bra
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn
1082 While the default configuration (or ``preferences'') make Mutt usable
1083 right out of the box, it is often desirable to tailor Mutt to suit
1084 your own tastes. When Mutt is first invoked, it will attempt to read
1085 the ``system'' configuration file (defaults set by your local system
1086 administrator), unless the ``-n'' ``command line'' option is
1087 specified. This file is typically /usr/local/share/mutt/Muttrc or
1088 /etc/Muttrc. Mutt will next look for a file named .muttrc in your home
1089 directory. If this file does not exist and your home directory has a
1090 subdirectory named .mutt, mutt try to load a file named .mutt/muttrc.
1092 .muttrc is the file where you will usually place your ``commands'' to
1095 In addition, mutt supports version specific configuration files that
1096 are parsed instead of the default files as explained above. For
1097 instance, if your system has a Muttrc-0.88 file in the system
1098 configuration directory, and you are running version 0.88 of mutt,
1099 this file will be sourced instead of the Muttrc file. The same is
1100 true of the user configuration file, if you have a file .muttrc-0.88.6
1101 in your home directory, when you run mutt version 0.88.6, it will
1102 source this file instead of the default .muttrc file. The version
1103 number is the same which is visible using the ``-v'' ``command line''
1104 switch or using the show-version key (default: V) from the index menu.
1106 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. S
\bSy
\byn
\bnt
\bta
\bax
\bx o
\bof
\bf I
\bIn
\bni
\bit
\bti
\bia
\bal
\bli
\biz
\bza
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn F
\bFi
\bil
\ble
\bes
\bs
1108 An initialization file consists of a series of ``commands''. Each
1109 line of the file may contain one or more commands. When multiple
1110 commands are used, they must be separated by a semicolon (;).
1112 set realname='Mutt user' ; ignore x-
1114 The hash mark, or pound sign (``#''), is used as a ``comment'' charac
1115 ter. You can use it to annotate your initialization file. All text
1116 after the comment character to the end of the line is ignored. For
1119 my_hdr X-Disclaimer: Why are you listening to me? # This is a comment
1121 Single quotes (') and double quotes (") can be used to quote strings
1122 which contain spaces or other special characters. The difference
1123 between the two types of quotes is similar to that of many popular
1124 shell programs, namely that a single quote is used to specify a
1125 literal string (one that is not interpreted for shell variables or
1126 quoting with a backslash [see next paragraph]), while double quotes
1127 indicate a string for which should be evaluated. For example,
1128 backtics are evaluated inside of double quotes, but n
\bno
\bot
\bt for single
1131 \ quotes the next character, just as in shells such as bash and zsh.
1132 For example, if want to put quotes ``"'' inside of a string, you can
1133 use ``\'' to force the next character to be a literal instead of
1134 interpreted character.
1136 set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"
1138 ``\\'' means to insert a literal ``\'' into the line. ``\n'' and
1139 ``\r'' have their usual C meanings of linefeed and carriage-return,
1142 A \ at the end of a line can be used to split commands over multiple
1143 lines, provided that the split points don't appear in the middle of
1146 It is also possible to substitute the output of a Unix command in an
1147 initialization file. This is accomplished by enclosing the command in
1148 backquotes (``). For example,
1150 my_hdr X-Operating-System: `uname -a`
1152 The output of the Unix command ``uname -a'' will be substituted before
1153 the line is parsed. Note that since initialization files are line
1154 oriented, only the first line of output from the Unix command will be
1157 UNIX environments can be accessed like the way it is done in shells
1158 like sh and bash: Prepend the name of the environment by a ``$''. For
1161 set record=+sent_on_$HOSTNAME
1163 The commands understood by mutt are explained in the next paragraphs.
1164 For a complete list, see the ``command reference''.
1166 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. D
\bDe
\bef
\bfi
\bin
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg/
\b/U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bse
\bes
\bs
1168 Usage: alias _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ , _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, ... ]
1170 It's usually very cumbersome to remember or type out the address of
1171 someone you are communicating with. Mutt allows you to create
1172 ``aliases'' which map a short string to a full address.
1174 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if you want to create an alias for a group (by specifying more
1175 than one address), you m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt separate the addresses with a comma
1178 To remove an alias or aliases (``*'' means all aliases):
1180 unalias [ * | _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\b._
\b._
\b. ]
1182 alias muttdude me@cs.hmc.edu (Michael Elkins)
1183 alias theguys manny, moe, jack
1185 Unlike other mailers, Mutt doesn't require aliases to be defined in a
1186 special file. The alias command can appear anywhere in a
1187 configuration file, as long as this file is ``sourced''.
1188 Consequently, you can have multiple alias files, or you can have all
1189 aliases defined in your muttrc.
1191 On the other hand, the ``create-alias'' function can use only one
1192 file, the one pointed to by the ``$alias_file'' variable (which is
1193 ~/.muttrc by default). This file is not special either, in the sense
1194 that Mutt will happily append aliases to any file, but in order for
1195 the new aliases to take effect you need to explicitly ``source'' this
1200 source /usr/local/share/Mutt.aliases
1201 source ~/.mail_aliases
1202 set alias_file=~/.mail_aliases
1204 To use aliases, you merely use the alias at any place in mutt where
1205 mutt prompts for addresses, such as the _
\bT_
\bo_
\b: or _
\bC_
\bc_
\b: prompt. You can
1206 also enter aliases in your editor at the appropriate headers if you
1207 have the ``$edit_headers'' variable set.
1209 In addition, at the various address prompts, you can use the tab
1210 character to expand a partial alias to the full alias. If there are
1211 multiple matches, mutt will bring up a menu with the matching aliases.
1212 In order to be presented with the full list of aliases, you must hit
1213 tab with out a partial alias, such as at the beginning of the prompt
1214 or after a comma denoting multiple addresses.
1216 In the alias menu, you can select as many aliases as you want with the
1217 _
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by key (default: RET), and use the _
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bt key (default: q) to
1218 return to the address prompt.
1220 3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. C
\bCh
\bha
\ban
\bng
\bgi
\bin
\bng
\bg t
\bth
\bhe
\be d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt k
\bke
\bey
\by b
\bbi
\bin
\bnd
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bgs
\bs
1222 Usage: bind _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
1224 This command allows you to change the default key bindings (operation
1225 invoked when pressing a key).
1227 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp specifies in which menu the binding belongs. The currently
1230 g
\bge
\ben
\bne
\ber
\bri
\bic
\bc
1231 This is not a real menu, but is used as a fallback for all of
1232 the other menus except for the pager and editor modes. If a key
1233 is not defined in another menu, Mutt will look for a binding to
1234 use in this menu. This allows you to bind a key to a certain
1235 function in multiple menus instead of having multiple bind
1236 statements to accomplish the same task.
1238 a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs
1239 The alias menu is the list of your personal aliases as defined
1240 in your muttrc. It is the mapping from a short alias name to
1241 the full email address(es) of the recipient(s).
1243 a
\bat
\btt
\bta
\bac
\bch
\bh
1244 The attachment menu is used to access the attachments on
1247 b
\bbr
\bro
\bow
\bws
\bse
\ber
\br
1248 The browser is used for both browsing the local directory
1249 structure, and for listing all of your incoming mailboxes.
1251 e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bto
\bor
\br
1252 The editor is the line-based editor the user enters text data.
1254 i
\bin
\bnd
\bde
\bex
\bx
1255 The index is the list of messages contained in a mailbox.
1257 c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpo
\bos
\bse
\be
1258 The compose menu is the screen used when sending a new message.
1260 p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br
1261 The pager is the mode used to display message/attachment data,
1265 The pgp menu is used to select the OpenPGP keys used for
1266 encrypting outgoing messages.
1268 p
\bpo
\bos
\bst
\btp
\bpo
\bon
\bne
\be
1269 The postpone menu is similar to the index menu, except is used
1270 when recalling a message the user was composing, but saved until
1273 _
\bk_
\be_
\by is the key (or key sequence) you wish to bind. To specify a
1274 control character, use the sequence _
\b\_
\bC_
\bx, where _
\bx is the letter of the
1275 control character (for example, to specify control-A use ``\Ca'').
1276 Note that the case of _
\bx as well as _
\b\_
\bC is ignored, so that _
\b\_
\bC_
\bA_
\b, _
\b\_
\bC_
\ba_
\b,
1277 _
\b\_
\bc_
\bA and _
\b\_
\bc_
\ba are all equivalent. An alternative form is to specify the
1278 key as a three digit octal number prefixed with a ``\'' (for example
1279 _
\b\_
\b1_
\b7_
\b7 is equivalent to _
\b\_
\bc_
\b?).
1281 In addition, _
\bk_
\be_
\by may consist of:
1294 <pagedown> Page Down
1295 <backspace> Backspace
1304 <f10> function key 10
1306 _
\bk_
\be_
\by does not need to be enclosed in quotes unless it contains a space
1309 _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn specifies which action to take when _
\bk_
\be_
\by is pressed. For a
1310 complete list of functions, see the ``reference''. The special
1311 function noop unbinds the specified key sequence.
1313 3
\b3.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. D
\bDe
\bef
\bfi
\bin
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bse
\bes
\bs f
\bfo
\bor
\br c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\bra
\bac
\bct
\bte
\ber
\br s
\bse
\bet
\bts
\bs
1315 Usage: charset-hook _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
1316 Usage: iconv-hook _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\b-_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
1318 The charset-hook command defines an alias for a character set. This
1319 is useful to properly display messages which are tagged with a
1320 character set name not known to mutt.
1322 The iconv-hook command defines a system-specific name for a character
1323 set. This is helpful when your systems character conversion library
1324 insists on using strange, system-specific names for character sets.
1326 3
\b3.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. S
\bSe
\bet
\btt
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg v
\bva
\bar
\bri
\bia
\bab
\bbl
\ble
\bes
\bs b
\bba
\bas
\bse
\bed
\bd u
\bup
\bpo
\bon
\bn m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bx
1328 Usage: folder-hook [!]_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1330 It is often desirable to change settings based on which mailbox you
1331 are reading. The folder-hook command provides a method by which you
1332 can execute any configuration command. _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp is a regular expression
1333 specifying in which mailboxes to execute _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd before loading. If a
1334 mailbox matches multiple folder-hook's, they are executed in the order
1335 given in the muttrc.
1337 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if you use the ``!'' shortcut for ``$spoolfile'' at the
1338 beginning of the pattern, you must place it inside of double or single
1339 quotes in order to distinguish it from the logical _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt operator for
1342 Note that the settings are _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt restored when you leave the mailbox.
1343 For example, a command action to perform is to change the sorting
1344 method based upon the mailbox being read:
1346 folder-hook mutt set sort=threads
1348 However, the sorting method is not restored to its previous value when
1349 reading a different mailbox. To specify a _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt command, use the
1352 folder-hook . set sort=date-sent
1354 3
\b3.
\b.6
\b6.
\b. K
\bKe
\bey
\byb
\bbo
\boa
\bar
\brd
\bd m
\bma
\bac
\bcr
\bro
\bos
\bs
1356 Usage: macro _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
1358 Macros are useful when you would like a single key to perform a series
1359 of actions. When you press _
\bk_
\be_
\by in menu _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, Mutt will behave as if
1360 you had typed _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be. So if you have a common sequence of commands
1361 you type, you can create a macro to execute those commands with a
1364 _
\bk_
\be_
\by and _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be are expanded by the same rules as the ``key
1365 bindings''. There are some additions however. The first is that
1366 control characters in _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be can also be specified as _
\b^_
\bx. In order
1367 to get a caret (`^'') you need to use _
\b^_
\b^. Secondly, to specify a
1368 certain key such as _
\bu_
\bp or to invoke a function directly, you can use
1369 the format _
\b<_
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b> and _
\b<_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b>. For a listing of key names
1370 see the section on ``key bindings''. Functions are listed in the
1371 ``function reference''.
1373 The advantage with using function names directly is that the macros
1374 will work regardless of the current key bindings, so they are not
1375 dependent on the user having particular key definitions. This makes
1376 them more robust and portable, and also facilitates defining of macros
1377 in files used by more than one user (eg. the system Muttrc).
1379 Optionally you can specify a descriptive text after _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be, which is
1380 shown in the help screens.
1382 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Macro definitions (if any) listed in the help screen(s), are
1383 silently truncated at the screen width, and are not wrapped.
1385 3
\b3.
\b.7
\b7.
\b. U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg c
\bco
\bol
\blo
\bor
\br a
\ban
\bnd
\bd m
\bmo
\bon
\bno
\bo v
\bvi
\bid
\bde
\beo
\bo a
\bat
\btt
\btr
\bri
\bib
\bbu
\but
\bte
\bes
\bs
1387 Usage: color _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
1388 Usage: color index _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1389 Usage: uncolor index _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1391 If your terminal supports color, you can spice up Mutt by creating
1392 your own color scheme. To define the color of an object (type of
1393 information), you must specify both a foreground color a
\ban
\bnd
\bd a
1394 background color (it is not possible to only specify one or the
1397 _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt can be one of:
1401 · body (match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp in the body of messages)
1403 · bold (hiliting bold patterns in the body of messages)
1405 · error (error messages printed by Mutt)
1407 · header (match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp in the message header)
1409 · hdrdefault (default color of the message header in the pager)
1411 · index (match _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn in the message index)
1413 · indicator (arrow or bar used to indicate the current item in a
1416 · markers (the ``+'' markers at the beginning of wrapped lines in the
1419 · message (informational messages)
1423 · quoted (text matching ``$quote_regexp'' in the body of a message)
1425 · quoted1, quoted2, ..., quotedN
\bN (higher levels of quoting)
1427 · search (hiliting of words in the pager)
1431 · status (mode lines used to display info about the mailbox or
1434 · tilde (the ``~'' used to pad blank lines in the pager)
1436 · tree (thread tree drawn in the message index and attachment menu)
1438 · underline (hiliting underlined patterns in the body of messages)
1440 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd and _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd can be one of the following:
1462 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd can optionally be prefixed with the keyword bright to make
1463 the foreground color boldfaced (e.g., brightred).
1465 If your terminal supports it, the special keyword _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt can be used
1466 as a transparent color. The value _
\bb_
\br_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt_
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt is also valid. If
1467 Mutt is linked against the _
\bS_
\b-_
\bL_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg library, you also need to set the
1468 _
\bC_
\bO_
\bL_
\bO_
\bR_
\bF_
\bG_
\bB_
\bG environment variable to the default colors of your terminal
1469 for this to work; for example (for Bourne-like shells):
1471 set COLORFGBG="green;black"
1474 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The _
\bS_
\b-_
\bL_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg library requires you to use the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\by and _
\bb_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bn
1475 keywords instead of _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bt_
\be and _
\by_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw when setting this variable.
1477 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The uncolor command can be applied to the index object only. It
1478 removes entries from the list. You m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt specify the same pattern
1479 specified in the color command for it to be removed. The pattern
1480 ``*'' is a special token which means to clear the color index list of
1483 Mutt also recognizes the keywords _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b0, _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b1, ..., _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\brN
\bN-
\b-1
\b1 (N
\bN
1484 being the number of colors supported by your terminal). This is
1485 useful when you remap the colors for your display (for example by
1486 changing the color associated with _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b2 for your xterm), since color
1487 names may then lose their normal meaning.
1489 If your terminal does not support color, it is still possible change
1490 the video attributes through the use of the ``mono'' command:
1492 Usage: mono _
\b<_
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b> _
\b<_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be_
\b> [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
1493 Usage: mono index _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1494 Usage: unmono index _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1496 where _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be is one of the following:
1508 3
\b3.
\b.8
\b8.
\b. I
\bIg
\bgn
\bno
\bor
\bri
\bin
\bng
\bg (
\b(w
\bwe
\bee
\bed
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg)
\b) u
\bun
\bnw
\bwa
\ban
\bnt
\bte
\bed
\bd m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be h
\bhe
\bea
\bad
\bde
\ber
\brs
\bs
1510 Usage: [un]ignore _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1512 Messages often have many header fields added by automatic processing
1513 systems, or which may not seem useful to display on the screen. This
1514 command allows you to specify header fields which you don't normally
1517 You do not need to specify the full header field name. For example,
1518 ``ignore content-'' will ignore all header fields that begin with the
1519 pattern ``content-''. ``ignore *'' will ignore all headers.
1521 To remove a previously added token from the list, use the ``unignore''
1522 command. The ``unignore'' command will make Mutt display headers with
1523 the given pattern. For example, if you do ``ignore x-'' it is
1524 possible to ``unignore x-mailer''.
1526 ``unignore *'' will remove all tokens from the ignore list.
1530 # Sven's draconian header weeding
1532 unignore from date subject to cc
1533 unignore organization organisation x-mailer: x-newsreader: x-mailing-list:
1536 3
\b3.
\b.9
\b9.
\b. A
\bAl
\blt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bna
\bat
\bti
\biv
\bve
\be a
\bad
\bdd
\bdr
\bre
\bes
\bss
\bse
\bes
\bs
1538 Usage: [un]alternates _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1540 With various functions, mutt will treat messages differently,
1541 depending on whether you sent them or whether you received them from
1542 someone else. For instance, when replying to a message that you sent
1543 to a different party, mutt will automatically suggest to send the
1544 response to the original message's recipients -- responding to
1545 yourself won't make much sense in many cases. (See ``$reply_to''.)
1547 Many users receive e-mail under a number of different addresses. To
1548 fully use mutt's features here, the program must be able to recognize
1549 what e-mail addresses you receive mail under. That's the purpose of
1550 the alternates command: It takes a list of regular expressions, each
1551 of which can identify an address under which you receive e-mail.
1553 To remove a regular expression from this list, use the unalternates
1556 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b0.
\b. M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bli
\bin
\bng
\bg l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bts
\bs
1558 Usage: [un]lists _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1559 Usage: [un]subscribe _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1561 Mutt has a few nice features for ``handling mailing lists''. In order
1562 to take advantage of them, you must specify which addresses belong to
1563 mailing lists, and which mailing lists you are subscribed to. Once
1564 you have done this, the ``list-reply'' function will work for all
1565 known lists. Additionally, when you send a message to a subscribed
1566 list, mutt will add a Mail-Followup-To header to tell other users'
1567 mail user agents not to send copies of replies to your personal
1568 address. Note that the Mail-Followup-To header is a non-standard
1569 extension which is not supported by all mail user agents. Adding it
1570 is not bullet-proof against receiving personal CCs of list messages.
1571 Also note that the generation of the Mail-Followup-To header is
1572 controlled by the ``$followup_to'' configuration variable.
1574 More precisely, Mutt maintains lists of patterns for the addresses of
1575 known and subscribed mailing lists. Every subscribed mailing list is
1576 known. To mark a mailing list as known, use the ``lists'' command. To
1577 mark it as subscribed, use ``subscribe''.
1579 You can use regular expressions with both commands. To mark all
1580 messages sent to a specific bug report's address on mutt's bug
1581 tracking system as list mail, for instance, you could say ``subscribe
1582 [0-9]*@bugs.guug.de''. Often, it's sufficient to just give a portion
1583 of the list's e-mail address.
1585 Specify as much of the address as you need to to remove ambiguity.
1586 For example, if you've subscribed to the Mutt mailing list, you will
1587 receive mail addresssed to _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\b@_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg. So, to tell Mutt that
1588 this is a mailing list, you could add ``lists mutt-users'' to your
1589 initialization file. To tell mutt that you are subscribed to it, add
1590 ``subscribe mutt-users'' to your initialization file instead. If you
1591 also happen to get mail from someone whose address is _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-
1592 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\b@_
\be_
\bx_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be_
\b._
\bc_
\bo_
\bm, you could use ``lists mutt-users@mutt.org'' or
1593 ``subscribe mutt-users@mutt.org'' to match only mail from the actual
1596 The ``unlists'' command is used to remove a token from the list of
1597 known and subscribed mailing-lists. Use ``unlists *'' to remove all
1600 To remove a mailing list from the list of subscribed mailing lists,
1601 but keep it on the list of known mailing lists, use ``unsubscribe''.
1603 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b1.
\b. U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMu
\bul
\blt
\bti
\bip
\bpl
\ble
\be s
\bsp
\bpo
\boo
\bol
\bl m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bxe
\bes
\bs
1605 Usage: mbox-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1607 This command is used to move read messages from a specified mailbox to
1608 a different mailbox automatically when you quit or change folders.
1609 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a regular expression specifying the mailbox to treat as a
1610 ``spool'' mailbox and _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx specifies where mail should be saved
1613 Unlike some of the other _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk commands, only the _
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt matching
1614 pattern is used (it is not possible to save read mail in more than a
1617 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b2.
\b. D
\bDe
\bef
\bfi
\bin
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bxe
\bes
\bs w
\bwh
\bhi
\bic
\bch
\bh r
\bre
\bec
\bce
\bei
\biv
\bve
\be m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\bl
1619 Usage: [un]mailboxes [!]_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
1621 This command specifies folders which can receive mail and which will
1622 be checked for new messages. By default, the main menu status bar
1623 displays how many of these folders have new messages.
1625 When changing folders, pressing _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\be will cycle through folders with
1628 Pressing TAB in the directory browser will bring up a menu showing the
1629 files specified by the mailboxes command, and indicate which contain
1630 new messages. Mutt will automatically enter this mode when invoked
1631 from the command line with the -y option.
1633 The ``unmailboxes'' command is used to remove a token from the list of
1634 folders which receive mail. Use ``unmailboxes *'' to remove all
1637 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: new mail is detected by comparing the last modification time to
1638 the last access time. Utilities like biff or frm or any other program
1639 which accesses the mailbox might cause Mutt to never detect new mail
1640 for that mailbox if they do not properly reset the access time.
1641 Backup tools are another common reason for updated access times.
1643 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the filenames in the mailboxes command are resolved when the
1644 command is executed, so if these names contain ``shortcut characters''
1645 (such as ``='' and ``!''), any variable definition that affect these
1646 characters (like ``$folder'' and ``$spoolfile'') should be executed
1647 before the mailboxes command.
1649 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b3.
\b. U
\bUs
\bse
\ber
\br d
\bde
\bef
\bfi
\bin
\bne
\bed
\bd h
\bhe
\bea
\bad
\bde
\ber
\brs
\bs
1652 my_hdr _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1653 unmy_hdr _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd ... ]
1655 The ``my_hdr'' command allows you to create your own header fields
1656 which will be added to every message you send.
1658 For example, if you would like to add an ``Organization:'' header
1659 field to all of your outgoing messages, you can put the command
1661 my_hdr Organization: A Really Big Company, Anytown, USA
1665 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: space characters are _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt allowed between the keyword and the
1666 colon (``:''). The standard for electronic mail (RFC822) says that
1667 space is illegal there, so Mutt enforces the rule.
1669 If you would like to add a header field to a single message, you
1670 should either set the ``edit_headers'' variable, or use the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-
1671 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs function (default: ``E'') in the send-menu so that you can
1672 edit the header of your message along with the body.
1674 To remove user defined header fields, use the ``unmy_hdr'' command.
1675 You may specify an asterisk (``*'') to remove all header fields, or
1676 the fields to remove. For example, to remove all ``To'' and ``Cc''
1677 header fields, you could use:
1681 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b4.
\b. D
\bDe
\bef
\bfi
\bin
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg t
\bth
\bhe
\be o
\bor
\brd
\bde
\ber
\br o
\bof
\bf h
\bhe
\bea
\bad
\bde
\ber
\brs
\bs w
\bwh
\bhe
\ben
\bn v
\bvi
\bie
\bew
\bwi
\bin
\bng
\bg m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\bes
\bs
1683 Usage: hdr_order _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b1 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b2 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b3
1685 With this command, you can specify an order in which mutt will attempt
1686 to present headers to you when viewing messages.
1688 ``unhdr_order *'' will clear all previous headers from the order list,
1689 thus removing the header order effects set by the system-wide startup
1692 hdr_order From Date: From: To: Cc: Subject:
1694 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b5.
\b. S
\bSp
\bpe
\bec
\bci
\bif
\bfy
\by d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt s
\bsa
\bav
\bve
\be f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\ben
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
1696 Usage: save-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
1698 This command is used to override the default filename used when saving
1699 messages. _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be will be used as the default filename if the
1700 message is _
\bF_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\b: an address matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp or if you are the author
1701 and the message is addressed _
\bt_
\bo_
\b: something matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp.
1703 See ``Message Matching in Hooks'' for information on the exact format
1704 of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1708 save-hook me@(turing\\.)?cs\\.hmc\\.edu$ +elkins
1709 save-hook aol\\.com$ +spam
1711 Also see the ``fcc-save-hook'' command.
1713 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b6.
\b. S
\bSp
\bpe
\bec
\bci
\bif
\bfy
\by d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt F
\bFc
\bcc
\bc:
\b: m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bx w
\bwh
\bhe
\ben
\bn c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpo
\bos
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg
1715 Usage: fcc-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1717 This command is used to save outgoing mail in a mailbox other than
1718 ``$record''. Mutt searches the initial list of message recipients for
1719 the first matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp and uses _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx as the default Fcc:
1720 mailbox. If no match is found the message will be saved to
1721 ``$record'' mailbox.
1723 See ``Message Matching in Hooks'' for information on the exact format
1724 of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1726 Example: fcc-hook aol.com$ +spammers
1728 The above will save a copy of all messages going to the aol.com domain
1729 to the `+spammers' mailbox by default. Also see the ``fcc-save-hook''
1732 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b7.
\b. S
\bSp
\bpe
\bec
\bci
\bif
\bfy
\by d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt s
\bsa
\bav
\bve
\be f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\ben
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be a
\ban
\bnd
\bd d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt F
\bFc
\bcc
\bc:
\b: m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bx a
\bat
\bt o
\bon
\bnc
\bce
\be
1734 Usage: fcc-save-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1736 This command is a shortcut, equivalent to doing both a ``fcc-hook''
1737 and a ``save-hook'' with its arguments.
1739 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b8.
\b. C
\bCh
\bha
\ban
\bng
\bge
\be s
\bse
\bet
\btt
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bgs
\bs b
\bba
\bas
\bse
\bed
\bd u
\bup
\bpo
\bon
\bn m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be r
\bre
\bec
\bci
\bip
\bpi
\bie
\ben
\bnt
\bts
\bs
1741 Usage: reply-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1742 Usage: send-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1744 These commands can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands
1745 based upon recipients of the message. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a regular expression
1746 matching the desired address. _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is executed when _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp matches
1747 recipients of the message.
1749 reply-hook is matched against the message you are _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg t
\bto
\bo, instead
1750 of the message you are _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg. send-hook is matched against all
1751 messages, both _
\bn_
\be_
\bw and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\be_
\bs. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: reply-hooks are matched b
\bbe
\bef
\bfo
\bor
\bre
\be
1752 the send-hook, r
\bre
\beg
\bga
\bar
\brd
\bdl
\ble
\bes
\bss
\bs of the order specified in the users's
1755 For each type of send-hook or reply-hook, When multiple matches occur,
1756 commands are executed in the order they are specified in the muttrc
1757 (for that type of hook).
1759 See ``Message Matching in Hooks'' for information on the exact format
1760 of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1762 Example: send-hook mutt "set mime_forward signature=''"
1764 Another typical use for this command is to change the values of the
1765 ``$attribution'', ``$signature'' and ``$locale'' variables in order to
1766 change the language of the attributions and signatures based upon the
1769 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the send-hook's are only executed ONCE after getting the initial
1770 list of recipients. Adding a recipient after replying or editing the
1771 message will NOT cause any send-hook to be executed. Also note that
1772 my_hdr commands which modify recipient headers, or the message's
1773 subject, don't have any effect on the current message when executed
1776 3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b9.
\b. C
\bCh
\bha
\ban
\bng
\bge
\be s
\bse
\bet
\btt
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bgs
\bs b
\bbe
\bef
\bfo
\bor
\bre
\be f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\btt
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg a
\ba m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be
1778 Usage: message-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1780 This command can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands
1781 before viewing or formatting a message based upon information about
1782 the message. _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is executed if the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn matches the message
1783 to be displayed. When multiple matches occur, commands are executed in
1784 the order they are specified in the muttrc.
1786 See ``Message Matching in Hooks'' for information on the exact format
1787 of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1791 message-hook ~A 'set pager=builtin'
1792 message-hook '~f freshmeat-news' 'set pager="less \"+/^ subject: .*\""'
1794 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b0.
\b. C
\bCh
\bho
\boo
\bos
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg t
\bth
\bhe
\be c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bto
\bog
\bgr
\bra
\bap
\bph
\bhi
\bic
\bc k
\bke
\bey
\by o
\bof
\bf t
\bth
\bhe
\be r
\bre
\bec
\bci
\bip
\bpi
\bie
\ben
\bnt
\bt
1796 Usage: crypt-hook _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bi_
\bd
1798 When encrypting messages with PGP or OpenSSL, you may want to
1799 associate a certain key with a given e-mail address automatically,
1800 either because the recipient's public key can't be deduced from the
1801 destination address, or because, for some reasons, you need to
1802 override the key Mutt would normally use. The crypt-hook command
1803 provides a method by which you can specify the ID of the public key to
1804 be used when encrypting messages to a certain recipient.
1806 The meaning of "key id" is to be taken broadly in this context: You
1807 can either put a numerical key ID here, an e-mail address, or even
1810 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b1.
\b. A
\bAd
\bdd
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg k
\bke
\bey
\by s
\bse
\beq
\bqu
\bue
\ben
\bnc
\bce
\bes
\bs t
\bto
\bo t
\bth
\bhe
\be k
\bke
\bey
\byb
\bbo
\boa
\bar
\brd
\bd b
\bbu
\buf
\bff
\bfe
\ber
\br
1812 Usage: push _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1814 This command adds the named string to the keyboard buffer. The string
1815 may contain control characters, key names and function names like the
1816 sequence string in the ``macro'' command. You may use it to
1817 automatically run a sequence of commands at startup, or when entering
1820 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b2.
\b. E
\bEx
\bxe
\bec
\bcu
\but
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg f
\bfu
\bun
\bnc
\bct
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bns
\bs
1822 Usage: exec _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn [ _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ... ]
1824 This command can be used to execute any function. Functions are listed
1825 in the ``function reference''. ``exec function'' is equivalent to
1826 ``push <function>''.
1828 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b3.
\b. M
\bMe
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be S
\bSc
\bco
\bor
\bri
\bin
\bng
\bg
1830 Usage: score _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be
1831 Usage: unscore _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1833 The score commands adds _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be to a message's score if _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn matches
1834 it. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a string in the format described in the ``patterns''
1835 section (note: For efficiency reasons, patterns which scan information
1836 not available in the index, such as ~b, ~B or ~h, may not be used).
1837 _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be is a positive or negative integer. A message's final score is
1838 the sum total of all matching score entries. However, you may
1839 optionally prefix _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be with an equal sign (=) to cause evaluation to
1840 stop at a particular entry if there is a match. Negative final scores
1841 are rounded up to 0.
1843 The unscore command removes score entries from the list. You m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt
1844 specify the same pattern specified in the score command for it to be
1845 removed. The pattern ``*'' is a special token which means to clear
1846 the list of all score entries.
1848 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b4.
\b. S
\bSe
\bet
\btt
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg v
\bva
\bar
\bri
\bia
\bab
\bbl
\ble
\bes
\bs
1850 Usage: set [no|inv]_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be[=_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be] [ _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1851 Usage: toggle _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1852 Usage: unset _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1853 Usage: reset _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1855 This command is used to set (and unset) ``configuration variables''.
1856 There are four basic types of variables: boolean, number, string and
1857 quadoption. _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn variables can be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (true) or _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (false).
1858 _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br variables can be assigned a positive integer value.
1860 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg variables consist of any number of printable characters.
1861 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs must be enclosed in quotes if they contain spaces or tabs.
1862 You may also use the ``C'' escape sequences \
\b\n
\bn and \
\b\t
\bt for newline and
1865 _
\bq_
\bu_
\ba_
\bd_
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn variables are used to control whether or not to be prompted
1866 for certain actions, or to specify a default action. A value of _
\by_
\be_
\bs
1867 will cause the action to be carried out automatically as if you had
1868 answered yes to the question. Similarly, a value of _
\bn_
\bo will cause the
1869 the action to be carried out as if you had answered ``no.'' A value
1870 of _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs will cause a prompt with a default answer of ``yes'' and
1871 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo will provide a default answer of ``no.''
1873 Prefixing a variable with ``no'' will unset it. Example: set
1876 For _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn variables, you may optionally prefix the variable name
1877 with inv to toggle the value (on or off). This is useful when writing
1878 macros. Example: set invsmart_wrap.
1880 The toggle command automatically prepends the inv prefix to all
1881 specified variables.
1883 The unset command automatically prepends the no prefix to all
1884 specified variables.
1886 Using the enter-command function in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu, you can query the
1887 value of a variable by prefixing the name of the variable with a
1892 The question mark is actually only required for boolean and quadoption
1895 The reset command resets all given variables to the compile time
1896 defaults (hopefully mentioned in this manual). If you use the command
1897 set and prefix the variable with ``&'' this has the same behavior as
1900 With the reset command there exists the special variable ``all'',
1901 which allows you to reset all variables to their system defaults.
1903 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b5.
\b. R
\bRe
\bea
\bad
\bdi
\bin
\bng
\bg i
\bin
\bni
\bit
\bti
\bia
\bal
\bli
\biz
\bza
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bds
\bs f
\bfr
\bro
\bom
\bm a
\ban
\bno
\bot
\bth
\bhe
\ber
\br f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\be
1905 Usage: source _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
1907 This command allows the inclusion of initialization commands from
1908 other files. For example, I place all of my aliases in
1909 ~/.mail_aliases so that I can make my ~/.muttrc readable and keep my
1912 If the filename begins with a tilde (``~''), it will be expanded to
1913 the path of your home directory.
1915 If the filename ends with a vertical bar (|), then _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be is
1916 considered to be an executable program from which to read input (eg.
1917 source ~bin/myscript|/).
1919 3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b6.
\b. R
\bRe
\bem
\bmo
\bov
\bvi
\bin
\bng
\bg h
\bho
\boo
\bok
\bks
\bs
1921 Usage: unhook [ * | _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ]
1923 This command permits you to flush hooks you have previously defined.
1924 You can either remove all hooks by giving the ``*'' character as an
1925 argument, or you can remove all hooks of a specific type by saying
1926 something like unhook send-hook.
1928 4
\b4.
\b. A
\bAd
\bdv
\bva
\ban
\bnc
\bce
\bed
\bd U
\bUs
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be
1930 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. R
\bRe
\beg
\bgu
\bul
\bla
\bar
\br E
\bEx
\bxp
\bpr
\bre
\bes
\bss
\bsi
\bio
\bon
\bns
\bs
1932 All string patterns in Mutt including those in more complex
1933 ``patterns'' must be specified using regular expressions (regexp) in
1934 the ``POSIX extended'' syntax (which is more or less the syntax used
1935 by egrep and GNU awk). For your convenience, we have included below a
1936 brief description of this syntax.
1938 The search is case sensitive if the pattern contains at least one
1939 upper case letter, and case insensitive otherwise. Note that ``\''
1940 must be quoted if used for a regular expression in an initialization
1943 A regular expression is a pattern that describes a set of strings.
1944 Regular expressions are constructed analogously to arithmetic
1945 expressions, by using various operators to combine smaller
1948 Note that the regular expression can be enclosed/delimited by either "
1949 or ' which is useful if the regular expression includes a white-space
1950 character. See ``Syntax of Initialization Files'' for more
1951 information on " and ' delimiter processing. To match a literal " or
1952 ' you must preface it with \ (backslash).
1954 The fundamental building blocks are the regular expressions that match
1955 a single character. Most characters, including all letters and
1956 digits, are regular expressions that match themselves. Any
1957 metacharacter with special meaning may be quoted by preceding it with
1960 The period ``.'' matches any single character. The caret ``^'' and
1961 the dollar sign ``$'' are metacharacters that respectively match the
1962 empty string at the beginning and end of a line.
1964 A list of characters enclosed by ``['' and ``]'' matches any single
1965 character in that list; if the first character of the list is a caret
1966 ``^'' then it matches any character n
\bno
\bot
\bt in the list. For example, the
1967 regular expression [
\b[0
\b01
\b12
\b23
\b34
\b45
\b56
\b67
\b78
\b89
\b9]
\b] matches any single digit. A range of
1968 ASCII characters may be specified by giving the first and last
1969 characters, separated by a hyphen ``-''. Most metacharacters lose
1970 their special meaning inside lists. To include a literal ``]'' place
1971 it first in the list. Similarly, to include a literal ``^'' place it
1972 anywhere but first. Finally, to include a literal hyphen ``-'' place
1975 Certain named classes of characters are predefined. Character classes
1976 consist of ``[:'', a keyword denoting the class, and ``:]''. The
1977 following classes are defined by the POSIX standard:
1979 [
\b[:
\b:a
\bal
\bln
\bnu
\bum
\bm:
\b:]
\b]
1980 Alphanumeric characters.
1982 [
\b[:
\b:a
\bal
\blp
\bph
\bha
\ba:
\b:]
\b]
1983 Alphabetic characters.
1985 [
\b[:
\b:b
\bbl
\bla
\ban
\bnk
\bk:
\b:]
\b]
1986 Space or tab characters.
1988 [
\b[:
\b:c
\bcn
\bnt
\btr
\brl
\bl:
\b:]
\b]
1991 [
\b[:
\b:d
\bdi
\big
\bgi
\bit
\bt:
\b:]
\b]
1993 [
\b[:
\b:g
\bgr
\bra
\bap
\bph
\bh:
\b:]
\b]
1994 Characters that are both printable and visible. (A space is
1995 printable, but not visible, while an ``a'' is both.)
1997 [
\b[:
\b:l
\blo
\bow
\bwe
\ber
\br:
\b:]
\b]
1998 Lower-case alphabetic characters.
2000 [
\b[:
\b:p
\bpr
\bri
\bin
\bnt
\bt:
\b:]
\b]
2001 Printable characters (characters that are not control
2004 [
\b[:
\b:p
\bpu
\bun
\bnc
\bct
\bt:
\b:]
\b]
2005 Punctuation characters (characters that are not letter, digits,
2006 control characters, or space characters).
2008 [
\b[:
\b:s
\bsp
\bpa
\bac
\bce
\be:
\b:]
\b]
2009 Space characters (such as space, tab and formfeed, to name a
2012 [
\b[:
\b:u
\bup
\bpp
\bpe
\ber
\br:
\b:]
\b]
2013 Upper-case alphabetic characters.
2015 [
\b[:
\b:x
\bxd
\bdi
\big
\bgi
\bit
\bt:
\b:]
\b]
2016 Characters that are hexadecimal digits.
2018 A character class is only valid in a regular expression inside the
2019 brackets of a character list. Note that the brackets in these class
2020 names are part of the symbolic names, and must be included in addition
2021 to the brackets delimiting the bracket list. For example, [
\b[[
\b[:
\b:d
\bdi
\big
\bgi
\bit
\bt:
\b:]
\b]]
\b]
2022 is equivalent to [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b].
2024 Two additional special sequences can appear in character lists. These
2025 apply to non-ASCII character sets, which can have single symbols
2026 (called collating elements) that are represented with more than one
2027 character, as well as several characters that are equivalent for
2028 collating or sorting purposes:
2030 C
\bCo
\bol
\bll
\bla
\bat
\bti
\bin
\bng
\bg S
\bSy
\bym
\bmb
\bbo
\bol
\bls
\bs
2031 A collating symbol is a multi-character collating element
2032 enclosed in ``[.'' and ``.]''. For example, if ``ch'' is a
2033 collating element, then [
\b[[
\b[.
\b.c
\bch
\bh.
\b.]
\b]]
\b] is a regexp that matches this
2034 collating element, while [
\b[c
\bch
\bh]
\b] is a regexp that matches either
2037 E
\bEq
\bqu
\bui
\biv
\bva
\bal
\ble
\ben
\bnc
\bce
\be C
\bCl
\bla
\bas
\bss
\bse
\bes
\bs
2038 An equivalence class is a locale-specific name for a list of
2039 characters that are equivalent. The name is enclosed in ``[=''
2040 and ``=]''. For example, the name ``e'' might be used to
2041 represent all of ``è'' ``é'' and ``e''. In this case, [
\b[[
\b[=
\b=e
\be=
\b=]
\b]]
\b]
2042 is a regexp that matches any of ``è'', ``é'' and ``e''.
2044 A regular expression matching a single character may be followed by
2045 one of several repetition operators:
2047 ?
\b? The preceding item is optional and matched at most once.
2049 *
\b* The preceding item will be matched zero or more times.
2051 +
\b+ The preceding item will be matched one or more times.
2054 The preceding item is matched exactly _
\bn times.
2057 The preceding item is matched _
\bn or more times.
2060 The preceding item is matched at most _
\bm times.
2062 {
\b{n
\bn,
\b,m
\bm}
\b}
2063 The preceding item is matched at least _
\bn times, but no more than
2066 Two regular expressions may be concatenated; the resulting regular
2067 expression matches any string formed by concatenating two substrings
2068 that respectively match the concatenated subexpressions.
2070 Two regular expressions may be joined by the infix operator ``|''; the
2071 resulting regular expression matches any string matching either
2074 Repetition takes precedence over concatenation, which in turn takes
2075 precedence over alternation. A whole subexpression may be enclosed in
2076 parentheses to override these precedence rules.
2078 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you compile Mutt with the GNU _
\br_
\bx package, the following
2079 operators may also be used in regular expressions:
2082 Matches the empty string at either the beginning or the end of a
2086 Matches the empty string within a word.
2089 Matches the empty string at the beginning of a word.
2092 Matches the empty string at the end of a word.
2095 Matches any word-constituent character (letter, digit, or
2099 Matches any character that is not word-constituent.
2102 Matches the empty string at the beginning of a buffer (string).
2105 Matches the empty string at the end of a buffer.
2107 Please note however that these operators are not defined by POSIX, so
2108 they may or may not be available in stock libraries on various
2111 4
\b4.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. P
\bPa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bns
\bs
2113 Many of Mutt's commands allow you to specify a pattern to match
2114 (limit, tag-pattern, delete-pattern, etc.). There are several ways to
2118 ~b EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message body
2119 ~B EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the whole message
2120 ~c USER messages carbon-copied to USER
2121 ~C EXPR message is either to: or cc: EXPR
2123 ~d [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-sent'' in a Date range
2125 ~e EXPR message which contains EXPR in the ``Sender'' field
2127 ~f USER messages originating from USER
2128 ~g cryptographically signed messages
2129 ~G cryptographically encrypted messages
2130 ~h EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message header
2131 ~k message contains PGP key material
2132 ~i ID message which match ID in the ``Message-ID'' field
2133 ~L EXPR message is either originated or received by EXPR
2134 ~l message is addressed to a known mailing list
2135 ~m [MIN]-[MAX] message in the range MIN to MAX *)
2136 ~n [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a score in the range MIN to MAX *)
2139 ~p message is addressed to you (consults alternates)
2140 ~P message is from you (consults alternates)
2141 ~Q messages which have been replied to
2143 ~r [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-received'' in a Date range
2144 ~S superseded messages
2145 ~s SUBJECT messages having SUBJECT in the ``Subject'' field.
2147 ~t USER messages addressed to USER
2149 ~v message is part of a collapsed thread.
2150 ~V cryptographically verified messages
2151 ~x EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `References' field
2152 ~y EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `X-Label' field
2153 ~z [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a size in the range MIN to MAX *)
2154 ~= duplicated messages (see $duplicate_threads)
2156 Where EXPR, USER, ID, and SUBJECT are ``regular expressions''.
2157 Special attention has to be made when using regular expressions inside
2158 of patterns. Specifically, Mutt's parser for these patterns will
2159 strip one level of backslash (\), which is normally used for quoting.
2160 If it is your intention to use a backslash in the regular expression,
2161 you will need to use two backslashes instead (\\).
2163 *) The forms <[MAX], >[MIN], [MIN]- and -[MAX] are allowed, too.
2165 4
\b4.
\b.2
\b2.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. P
\bPa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn M
\bMo
\bod
\bdi
\bif
\bfi
\bie
\ber
\br
2167 Note that patterns matching 'lists' of addresses (notably c,C,p,P and
2168 t) match if there is at least one match in the whole list. If you want
2169 to make sure that all elements of that list match, you need to prefix
2170 your pattern with ^. This example matches all mails which only has
2171 recipients from Germany.
2175 4
\b4.
\b.2
\b2.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. C
\bCo
\bom
\bmp
\bpl
\ble
\bex
\bx P
\bPa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bns
\bs
2177 Logical AND is performed by specifying more than one criterion. For
2182 would select messages which contain the word ``mutt'' in the list of
2183 recipients a
\ban
\bnd
\bd that have the word ``elkins'' in the ``From'' header
2186 Mutt also recognizes the following operators to create more complex
2189 · ! -- logical NOT operator
2191 · | -- logical OR operator
2193 · () -- logical grouping operator
2195 Here is an example illustrating a complex search pattern. This
2196 pattern will select all messages which do not contain ``mutt'' in the
2197 ``To'' or ``Cc'' field and which are from ``elkins''.
2199 !(~t mutt|~c mutt) ~f elkins
2201 Here is an example using white space in the regular expression (note
2202 the ' and " delimiters). For this to match, the mail's subject must
2203 match the ``^Junk +From +Me$'' and it must be from either ``Jim
2204 +Somebody'' or ``Ed +SomeoneElse'':
2206 '~s "^Junk +From +Me$" ~f ("Jim +Somebody"|"Ed +SomeoneElse")'
2208 Note that if a regular expression contains parenthesis, or a veritical
2209 bar ("|"), you m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt enclose the expression in double or single quotes
2210 since those characters are also used to separate different parts of
2211 Mutt's pattern language. For example,
2213 ~f "me@(mutt\.org|cs\.hmc\.edu)"
2215 Without the quotes, the parenthesis would truncate the regular
2216 expression to simply _
\bm_
\be_
\b@, which is probably not what you want.
2218 4
\b4.
\b.2
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. S
\bSe
\bea
\bar
\brc
\bch
\bhi
\bin
\bng
\bg b
\bby
\by D
\bDa
\bat
\bte
\be
2220 Mutt supports two types of dates, _
\ba_
\bb_
\bs_
\bo_
\bl_
\bu_
\bt_
\be and _
\br_
\be_
\bl_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be.
2222 A
\bAb
\bbs
\bso
\bol
\blu
\but
\bte
\be. Dates m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt be in DD/MM/YY format (month and year are
2223 optional, defaulting to the current month and year). An example of a
2224 valid range of dates is:
2226 Limit to messages matching: ~d 20/1/95-31/10
2228 If you omit the minimum (first) date, and just specify ``-DD/MM/YY'',
2229 all messages _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be the given date will be selected. If you omit the
2230 maximum (second) date, and specify ``DD/MM/YY-'', all messages _
\ba_
\bf_
\bt_
\be_
\br
2231 the given date will be selected. If you specify a single date with no
2232 dash (``-''), only messages sent on the given date will be selected.
2234 E
\bEr
\brr
\bro
\bor
\br M
\bMa
\bar
\brg
\bgi
\bin
\bns
\bs. You can add error margins to absolute dates. An error
2235 margin is a sign (+ or -), followed by a digit, followed by one of the
2243 As a special case, you can replace the sign by a ``*'' character,
2244 which is equivalent to giving identical plus and minus error margins.
2246 Example: To select any messages two weeks around January 15, 2001,
2247 you'd use the following pattern:
2249 Limit to messages matching: ~d 15/1/2001*2w
2251 R
\bRe
\bel
\bla
\bat
\bti
\biv
\bve
\be. This type of date is relative to the current date, and may
2254 · >_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages older than _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units)
2256 · <_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages newer than _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units)
2258 · =_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages exactly _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units old)
2260 _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt is specified as a positive number with one of the following
2268 Example: to select messages less than 1 month old, you would use
2270 Limit to messages matching: ~d <1m
2272 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: all dates used when searching are relative to the l
\blo
\boc
\bca
\bal
\bl time
2273 zone, so unless you change the setting of your ``$index_format'' to
2274 include a %[...] format, these are n
\bno
\bot
\bt the dates shown in the main
2277 4
\b4.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg T
\bTa
\bag
\bgs
\bs
2279 Sometimes it is desirable to perform an operation on a group of
2280 messages all at once rather than one at a time. An example might be
2281 to save messages to a mailing list to a separate folder, or to delete
2282 all messages with a given subject. To tag all messages matching a
2283 pattern, use the tag-pattern function, which is bound to ``shift-T''
2284 by default. Or you can select individual messages by hand using the
2285 ``tag-message'' function, which is bound to ``t'' by default. See
2286 ``patterns'' for Mutt's pattern matching syntax.
2288 Once you have tagged the desired messages, you can use the ``tag-
2289 prefix'' operator, which is the ``;'' (semicolon) key by default.
2290 When the ``tag-prefix'' operator is used, the n
\bne
\bex
\bxt
\bt operation will be
2291 applied to all tagged messages if that operation can be used in that
2292 manner. If the ``$auto_tag'' variable is set, the next operation
2293 applies to the tagged messages automatically, without requiring the
2296 4
\b4.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg H
\bHo
\boo
\bok
\bks
\bs
2298 A _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk is a concept borrowed from the EMACS editor which allows you to
2299 execute arbitrary commands before performing some operation. For
2300 example, you may wish to tailor your configuration based upon which
2301 mailbox you are reading, or to whom you are sending mail. In the Mutt
2302 world, a _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk consists of a ``regular expression'' or ``pattern''
2303 along with a configuration option/command. See
2319 for specific details on each type of _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk available.
2321 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if a hook changes configuration settings, these changes remain
2322 effective until the end of the current mutt session. As this is
2323 generally not desired, a default hook needs to be added before all
2324 other hooks to restore configuration defaults. Here is an example with
2325 send-hook and the my_hdr directive:
2327 send-hook . 'unmy_hdr From:'
2328 send-hook ~Cb@b.b my_hdr from: c@c.c
2330 4
\b4.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. M
\bMe
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be M
\bMa
\bat
\btc
\bch
\bhi
\bin
\bng
\bg i
\bin
\bn H
\bHo
\boo
\bok
\bks
\bs
2332 Hooks that act upon messages (send-hook, save-hook, fcc-hook, message-
2333 hook) are evaluated in a slightly different manner. For the other
2334 types of hooks, a ``regular expression'' is sufficient. But in
2335 dealing with messages a finer grain of control is needed for matching
2336 since for different purposes you want to match different criteria.
2338 Mutt allows the use of the ``search pattern'' language for matching
2339 messages in hook commands. This works in exactly the same way as it
2340 would when _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg or _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg the mailbox, except that you are
2341 restricted to those operators which match information mutt extracts
2342 from the header of the message (i.e. from, to, cc, date, subject,
2345 For example, if you wanted to set your return address based upon
2346 sending mail to a specific address, you could do something like:
2348 send-hook '~t ^me@cs\.hmc\.edu$' 'my_hdr From: Mutt User <user@host>'
2350 which would execute the given command when sending mail to
2351 _
\bm_
\be_
\b@_
\bc_
\bs_
\b._
\bh_
\bm_
\bc_
\b._
\be_
\bd_
\bu.
2353 However, it is not required that you write the pattern to match using
2354 the full searching language. You can still specify a simple _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br
2355 _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn like the other hooks, in which case Mutt will translate
2356 your pattern into the full language, using the translation specified
2357 by the ``$default_hook'' variable. The pattern is translated at the
2358 time the hook is declared, so the value of ``$default_hook'' that is
2359 in effect at that time will be used.
2361 4
\b4.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. E
\bEx
\bxt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bna
\bal
\bl A
\bAd
\bdd
\bdr
\bre
\bes
\bss
\bs Q
\bQu
\bue
\ber
\bri
\bie
\bes
\bs
2363 Mutt supports connecting to external directory databases such as LDAP,
2364 ph/qi, bbdb, or NIS through a wrapper script which connects to mutt
2365 using a simple interface. Using the ``$query_command'' variable, you
2366 specify the wrapper command to use. For example:
2368 set query_command = "mutt_ldap_query.pl '%s'"
2370 The wrapper script should accept the query on the command-line. It
2371 should return a one line message, then each matching response on a
2372 single line, each line containing a tab separated address then name
2373 then some other optional information. On error, or if there are no
2374 matching addresses, return a non-zero exit code and a one line error
2377 An example multiple response output:
2379 Searching database ... 20 entries ... 3 matching:
2380 me@cs.hmc.edu Michael Elkins mutt dude
2381 blong@fiction.net Brandon Long mutt and more
2382 roessler@guug.de Thomas Roessler mutt pgp
2384 There are two mechanisms for accessing the query function of mutt.
2385 One is to do a query from the index menu using the query function
2386 (default: Q). This will prompt for a query, then bring up the query
2387 menu which will list the matching responses. From the query menu, you
2388 can select addresses to create aliases, or to mail. You can tag
2389 multiple messages to mail, start a new query, or have a new query
2390 appended to the current responses.
2392 The other mechanism for accessing the query function is for address
2393 completion, similar to the alias completion. In any prompt for
2394 address entry, you can use the complete-query function (default: ^T)
2395 to run a query based on the current address you have typed. Like
2396 aliases, mutt will look for what you have typed back to the last space
2397 or comma. If there is a single response for that query, mutt will
2398 expand the address in place. If there are multiple responses, mutt
2399 will activate the query menu. At the query menu, you can select one
2400 or more addresses to be added to the prompt.
2402 4
\b4.
\b.6
\b6.
\b. M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bx F
\bFo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bts
\bs
2404 Mutt supports reading and writing of four different mailbox formats:
2405 mbox, MMDF, MH and Maildir. The mailbox type is autodetected, so
2406 there is no need to use a flag for different mailbox types. When
2407 creating new mailboxes, Mutt uses the default specified with the
2408 ``$mbox_type'' variable.
2410 m
\bmb
\bbo
\box
\bx. This is the most widely used mailbox format for UNIX. All
2411 messages are stored in a single file. Each message has a line of the
2414 From me@cs.hmc.edu Fri, 11 Apr 1997 11:44:56 PST
2416 to denote the start of a new message (this is often referred to as the
2419 M
\bMM
\bMD
\bDF
\bF. This is a variant of the _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx format. Each message is
2420 surrounded by lines containing ``^A^A^A^A'' (four control-A's).
2422 M
\bMH
\bH. A radical departure from _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx and _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF, a mailbox consists of a
2423 directory and each message is stored in a separate file. The filename
2424 indicates the message number (however, this is may not correspond to
2425 the message number Mutt displays). Deleted messages are renamed with a
2426 comma (,) prepended to the filename. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt detects this type of
2427 mailbox by looking for either .mh_sequences or .xmhcache (needed to
2428 distinguish normal directories from MH mailboxes).
2430 M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bld
\bdi
\bir
\br. The newest of the mailbox formats, used by the Qmail MTA (a
2431 replacement for sendmail). Similar to _
\bM_
\bH, except that it adds three
2432 subdirectories of the mailbox: _
\bt_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bn_
\be_
\bw and _
\bc_
\bu_
\br. Filenames for the
2433 messages are chosen in such a way they are unique, even when two
2434 programs are writing the mailbox over NFS, which means that no file
2436 4
\b4.
\b.7
\b7.
\b. M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\blb
\bbo
\box
\bx S
\bSh
\bho
\bor
\brt
\btc
\bcu
\but
\bts
\bs
2438 There are a number of built in shortcuts which refer to specific
2439 mailboxes. These shortcuts can be used anywhere you are prompted for
2440 a file or mailbox path.
2442 · ! -- refers to your ``$spoolfile'' (incoming) mailbox
2444 · > -- refers to your ``$mbox'' file
2446 · < -- refers to your ``$record'' file
2448 · - or !! -- refers to the file you've last visited
2450 · ~ -- refers to your home directory
2452 · = or + -- refers to your ``$folder'' directory
2454 · @_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs -- refers to the ``default save folder'' as determined by
2455 the address of the alias
2457 4
\b4.
\b.8
\b8.
\b. H
\bHa
\ban
\bnd
\bdl
\bli
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bli
\bin
\bng
\bg L
\bLi
\bis
\bst
\bts
\bs
2459 Mutt has a few configuration options that make dealing with large
2460 amounts of mail easier. The first thing you must do is to let Mutt
2461 know what addresses you consider to be mailing lists (technically this
2462 does not have to be a mailing list, but that is what it is most often
2463 used for), and what lists you are subscribed to. This is accomplished
2464 through the use of the ``lists and subscribe'' commands in your
2467 Now that Mutt knows what your mailing lists are, it can do several
2468 things, the first of which is the ability to show the name of a list
2469 through which you received a message (i.e., of a subscribed list) in
2470 the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu display. This is useful to distinguish between
2471 personal and list mail in the same mailbox. In the ``$index_format''
2472 variable, the escape ``%L'' will return the string ``To <list>'' when
2473 ``list'' appears in the ``To'' field, and ``Cc <list>'' when it
2474 appears in the ``Cc'' field (otherwise it returns the name of the
2477 Often times the ``To'' and ``Cc'' fields in mailing list messages tend
2478 to get quite large. Most people do not bother to remove the author of
2479 the message they are reply to from the list, resulting in two or more
2480 copies being sent to that person. The ``list-reply'' function, which
2481 by default is bound to ``L'' in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu and _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br, helps reduce
2482 the clutter by only replying to the known mailing list addresses
2483 instead of all recipients (except as specified by Mail-Followup-To,
2486 Mutt also supports the Mail-Followup-To header. When you send a
2487 message to a list of recipients which includes one or several
2488 subscribed mailing lists, and if the ``$followup_to'' option is set,
2489 mutt will generate a Mail-Followup-To header which contains all the
2490 recipients to whom you send this message, but not your address. This
2491 indicates that group-replies or list-replies (also known as
2492 ``followups'') to this message should only be sent to the original
2493 recipients of the message, and not separately to you - you'll receive
2494 your copy through one of the mailing lists you are subscribed to.
2496 Conversely, when group-replying or list-replying to a message which
2497 has a Mail-Followup-To header, mutt will respect this header if the
2498 ``$honor_followup_to'' configuration variable is set. Using list-
2499 reply will in this case also make sure that the reply goes to the
2500 mailing list, even if it's not specified in the list of recipients in
2501 the Mail-Followup-To.
2503 Note that, when header editing is enabled, you can create a Mail-
2504 Followup-To header manually. Mutt will only auto-generate this header
2505 if it doesn't exist when you send the message.
2507 The other method some mailing list admins use is to generate a
2508 ``Reply-To'' field which points back to the mailing list address
2509 rather than the author of the message. This can create problems when
2510 trying to reply directly to the author in private, since most mail
2511 clients will automatically reply to the address given in the ``Reply-
2512 To'' field. Mutt uses the ``$reply_to'' variable to help decide which
2513 address to use. If set, you will be prompted as to whether or not you
2514 would like to use the address given in the ``Reply-To'' field, or
2515 reply directly to the address given in the ``From'' field. When
2516 unset, the ``Reply-To'' field will be used when present.
2518 The ``X-Label:'' header field can be used to further identify mailing
2519 lists or list subject matter (or just to annotate messages
2520 individually). The ``$index_format'' variable's ``%y'' and ``%Y''
2521 escapes can be used to expand ``X-Label:'' fields in the index, and
2522 Mutt's pattern-matcher can match regular expressions to ``X-Label:''
2523 fields with the `` y'' selector. ``X-Label:'' is not a standard
2524 message header field, but it can easily be inserted by procmail and
2525 other mail filtering agents.
2527 Lastly, Mutt has the ability to ``sort'' the mailbox into ``threads''.
2528 A thread is a group of messages which all relate to the same subject.
2529 This is usually organized into a tree-like structure where a message
2530 and all of its replies are represented graphically. If you've ever
2531 used a threaded news client, this is the same concept. It makes
2532 dealing with large volume mailing lists easier because you can easily
2533 delete uninteresting threads and quickly find topics of value.
2535 4
\b4.
\b.9
\b9.
\b. D
\bDe
\bel
\bli
\biv
\bve
\ber
\bry
\by S
\bSt
\bta
\bat
\btu
\bus
\bs N
\bNo
\bot
\bti
\bif
\bfi
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn (
\b(D
\bDS
\bSN
\bN)
\b) S
\bSu
\bup
\bpp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt
2537 RFC1894 defines a set of MIME content types for relaying information
2538 about the status of electronic mail messages. These can be thought of
2539 as ``return receipts.'' Berkeley sendmail 8.8.x currently has some
2540 command line options in which the mail client can make requests as to
2541 what type of status messages should be returned.
2543 To support this, there are two variables. ``$dsn_notify'' is used to
2544 request receipts for different results (such as failed message,
2545 message delivered, etc.). ``$dsn_return'' requests how much of your
2546 message should be returned with the receipt (headers or full message).
2547 Refer to the man page on sendmail for more details on DSN.
2549 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b10
\b0.
\b. P
\bPO
\bOP
\bP3
\b3 S
\bSu
\bup
\bpp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt (
\b(O
\bOP
\bPT
\bTI
\bIO
\bON
\bNA
\bAL
\bL)
\b)
2551 If Mutt was compiled with POP3 support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be
2552 script with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bp_
\bo_
\bp flag), it has the ability to work with
2553 mailboxes located on a remote POP3 server and fetch mail for local
2556 You can access the remote POP3 mailbox by selecting the folder
2559 You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server,
2560 ie: pop://popserver:port/.
2561 You can also specify different username for each folder, ie:
2562 pop://username@popserver[:port]/.
2564 Polling for new mail is more expensive over POP3 than locally. For
2565 this reason the frequency at which Mutt will check for mail remotely
2566 can be controlled by the ``$pop_checkinterval'' variable, which
2567 defaults to every 60 seconds.
2569 If Mutt was compiled with SSL support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script
2570 with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\bs_
\bl flag), connections to POP3 servers can be
2571 encrypted. This naturally requires that the server supports SSL
2572 encrypted connections. To access a folder with POP3/SSL, you should
2573 use pops: prefix, ie: pops://[username@]popserver[:port]/.
2575 Another way to access your POP3 mail is the _
\bf_
\be_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\b-_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl function
2576 (default: G). It allows to connect to ``pop_host'', fetch all your
2577 new mail and place it in the local ``spoolfile''. After this point,
2578 Mutt runs exactly as if the mail had always been local.
2580 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you only need to fetch all messages to local mailbox you
2581 should consider using a specialized program, such as fetchmail
2583 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b11
\b1.
\b. I
\bIM
\bMA
\bAP
\bP S
\bSu
\bup
\bpp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt (
\b(O
\bOP
\bPT
\bTI
\bIO
\bON
\bNA
\bAL
\bL)
\b)
2585 If Mutt was compiled with IMAP support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be
2586 script with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp flag), it has the ability to work with
2587 folders located on a remote IMAP server.
2589 You can access the remote inbox by selecting the folder
2590 imap://imapserver/INBOX, where imapserver is the name of the IMAP
2591 server and INBOX is the special name for your spool mailbox on the
2592 IMAP server. If you want to access another mail folder at the IMAP
2593 server, you should use imap://imapserver/path/to/folder where
2594 path/to/folder is the path of the folder you want to access.
2596 You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server,
2597 ie: imap://imapserver:port/INBOX.
2599 You can also specify different username for each folder, ie:
2600 imap://username@imapserver[:port]/INBOX.
2602 If Mutt was compiled with SSL support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script
2603 with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\bs_
\bl flag), connections to IMAP servers can be
2604 encrypted. This naturally requires that the server supports SSL
2605 encrypted connections. To access a folder with IMAP/SSL, you should
2606 use imaps://[username@]imapserver[:port]/path/to/folder as your folder
2609 Pine-compatible notation is also supported, ie
2610 {[username@]imapserver[:port][/ssl]}path/to/folder
2612 Note that not all servers use / as the hierarchy separator. Mutt
2613 should correctly notice which separator is being used by the server
2614 and convert paths accordingly.
2616 When browsing folders on an IMAP server, you can toggle whether to
2617 look at only the folders you are subscribed to, or all folders with
2618 the _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd command. See also the ``$imap_list_subscribed''
2621 Polling for new mail on an IMAP server can cause noticeable delays.
2622 So, you'll want to carefully tune the ``$mail_check'' and ``$timeout''
2623 variables. Personally I use
2628 with relatively good results over my slow modem line.
2630 Note that if you are using mbox as the mail store on UW servers prior
2631 to v12.250, the server has been reported to disconnect a client if
2632 another client selects the same folder.
2634 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b11
\b1.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. T
\bTh
\bhe
\be F
\bFo
\bol
\bld
\bde
\ber
\br B
\bBr
\bro
\bow
\bws
\bse
\ber
\br
2636 As of version 1.2, mutt supports browsing mailboxes on an IMAP server.
2637 This is mostly the same as the local file browser, with the following
2640 · In lieu of file permissions, mutt displays the string "IMAP",
2641 possibly followed by the symbol "+", indicating that the entry
2642 contains both messages and subfolders. On Cyrus-like servers
2643 folders will often contain both messages and subfolders.
2645 · For the case where an entry can contain both messages and
2646 subfolders, the selection key (bound to enter by default) will
2647 choose to descend into the subfolder view. If you wish to view the
2648 messages in that folder, you must use view-file instead (bound to
2651 · You can delete mailboxes with the delete-mailbox command (bound to
2652 d by default. You may also subscribe and unsubscribe to mailboxes
2653 (normally these are bound to s and u, respectively).
2655 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b11
\b1.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. A
\bAu
\but
\bth
\bhe
\ben
\bnt
\bti
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn
2657 Mutt supports four authentication methods with IMAP servers: SASL,
2658 GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, and LOGIN (there is a patch by Grant Edwards to add
2659 NTLM authentication for you poor exchange users out there, but it has
2660 yet to be integrated into the main tree). There is also support for
2661 the pseudo-protocol ANONYMOUS, which allows you to log in to a public
2662 IMAP server without having an account. To use ANONYMOUS, simply make
2663 your username blank or "anonymous".
2665 SASL is a special super-authenticator, which selects among several
2666 protocols (including GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, ANONYMOUS, and DIGEST-MD5) the
2667 most secure method available on your host and the server. Using some
2668 of these methods (including DIGEST-MD5 and possibly GSSAPI), your
2669 entire session will be encrypted and invisible to those teeming
2670 network snoops. It is the best option if you have it. To use it, you
2671 must have the Cyrus SASL library installed on your system and compile
2672 mutt with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bs_
\bl flag.
2674 Mutt will try whichever methods are compiled in and available on the
2675 server, in the following order: SASL, ANONYMOUS, GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5,
2678 There are a few variables which control authentication:
2680 · ``$imap_user'' - controls the username under which you request
2681 authentication on the IMAP server, for all authenticators. This is
2682 overridden by an explicit username in the mailbox path (ie by using
2683 a mailbox name of the form {user@host}).
2684 · ``$imap_pass'' - a password which you may preset, used by all
2685 authentication methods where a password is needed.
2687 · ``$imap_authenticators'' - a colon-delimited list of IMAP
2688 authentication methods to try, in the order you wish to try them.
2689 If specified, this overrides mutt's default (attempt everything, in
2690 the order listed above).
2692 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b12
\b2.
\b. M
\bMa
\ban
\bna
\bag
\bgi
\bin
\bng
\bg m
\bmu
\bul
\blt
\bti
\bip
\bpl
\ble
\be I
\bIM
\bMA
\bAP
\bP/
\b/P
\bPO
\bOP
\bP a
\bac
\bcc
\bco
\bou
\bun
\bnt
\bts
\bs (
\b(O
\bOP
\bPT
\bTI
\bIO
\bON
\bNA
\bAL
\bL)
\b)
2694 If you happen to have accounts on multiple IMAP and/or POP servers,
2695 you may find managing all the authentication settings inconvenient and
2696 error-prone. The account-hook command may help. This hook works like
2697 folder-hook but is invoked whenever you access a remote mailbox
2698 (including inside the folder browser), not just when you open the
2703 account-hook . 'unset imap_user; unset imap_pass; unset tunnel'
2704 account-hook imap://host1/ 'set imap_user=me1 imap_pass=foo'
2705 account-hook imap://host2/ 'set tunnel="ssh host2 /usr/libexec/imapd"'
2707 4
\b4.
\b.1
\b13
\b3.
\b. S
\bSt
\bta
\bar
\brt
\bt a
\ba W
\bWW
\bWW
\bW B
\bBr
\bro
\bow
\bws
\bse
\ber
\br o
\bon
\bn U
\bUR
\bRL
\bLs
\bs (
\b(E
\bEX
\bXT
\bTE
\bER
\bRN
\bNA
\bAL
\bL)
\b)
2709 If a message contains URLs (_
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bd _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br = address in the
2710 WWW space like _
\bh_
\bt_
\bt_
\bp_
\b:_
\b/_
\b/_
\bw_
\bw_
\bw_
\b._
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg_
\b/), it is efficient to get a menu
2711 with all the URLs and start a WWW browser on one of them. This
2712 functionality is provided by the external urlview program which can be
2713 retrieved at ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/contrib/ and the configuration
2716 macro index \cb |urlview\n
2717 macro pager \cb |urlview\n
2719 5
\b5.
\b. M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt'
\b's
\bs M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE S
\bSu
\bup
\bpp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt
2721 Quite a bit of effort has been made to make Mutt the premier text-mode
2722 MIME MUA. Every effort has been made to provide the functionality
2723 that the discerning MIME user requires, and the conformance to the
2724 standards wherever possible. When configuring Mutt for MIME, there
2725 are two extra types of configuration files which Mutt uses. One is
2726 the mime.types file, which contains the mapping of file extensions to
2727 IANA MIME types. The other is the mailcap file, which specifies the
2728 external commands to use for handling specific MIME types.
2730 5
\b5.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. U
\bUs
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE i
\bin
\bn M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt
2732 There are three areas/menus in Mutt which deal with MIME, they are the
2733 pager (while viewing a message), the attachment menu and the compose
2736 5
\b5.
\b.1
\b1.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. V
\bVi
\bie
\bew
\bwi
\bin
\bng
\bg M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\bes
\bs i
\bin
\bn t
\bth
\bhe
\be p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br
2738 When you select a message from the index and view it in the pager,
2739 Mutt decodes the message to a text representation. Mutt internally
2740 supports a number of MIME types, including text/plain, text/enriched,
2741 message/rfc822, and message/news. In addition, the export controlled
2742 version of Mutt recognizes a variety of PGP MIME types, including
2743 PGP/MIME and application/pgp.
2745 Mutt will denote attachments with a couple lines describing them.
2746 These lines are of the form:
2748 [-- Attachment #1: Description --]
2749 [-- Type: text/plain, Encoding: 7bit, Size: 10000 --]
2751 Where the Description is the description or filename given for the
2752 attachment, and the Encoding is one of 7bit/8bit/quoted-print
2755 If Mutt cannot deal with a MIME type, it will display a message like:
2757 [-- image/gif is unsupported (use 'v' to view this part) --]
2759 5
\b5.
\b.1
\b1.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. T
\bTh
\bhe
\be A
\bAt
\btt
\bta
\bac
\bch
\bhm
\bme
\ben
\bnt
\bt M
\bMe
\ben
\bnu
\bu
2761 The default binding for view-attachments is `v', which displays the
2762 attachment menu for a message. The attachment menu displays a list of
2763 the attachments in a message. From the attachment menu, you can save,
2764 print, pipe, delete, and view attachments. You can apply these
2765 operations to a group of attachments at once, by tagging the
2766 attachments and by using the ``tag-prefix'' operator. You can also
2767 reply to the current message from this menu, and only the current
2768 attachment (or the attachments tagged) will be quoted in your reply.
2769 You can view attachments as text, or view them using the mailcap
2772 Finally, you can apply the usual message-related functions (like
2773 ``resend-message'', and the reply and forward functions) to
2774 attachments of type message/rfc822.
2776 See the help on the attachment menu for more information.
2778 5
\b5.
\b.1
\b1.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. T
\bTh
\bhe
\be C
\bCo
\bom
\bmp
\bpo
\bos
\bse
\be M
\bMe
\ben
\bnu
\bu
2780 The compose menu is the menu you see before you send a message. It
2781 allows you to edit the recipient list, the subject, and other aspects
2782 of your message. It also contains a list of the attachments of your
2783 message, including the main body. From this menu, you can print,
2784 copy, filter, pipe, edit, compose, review, and rename an attachment or
2785 a list of tagged attachments. You can also modifying the attachment
2786 information, notably the type, encoding and description.
2788 Attachments appear as follows:
2790 - 1 [text/plain, 7bit, 1K] /tmp/mutt-euler-8082-0 <no description>
2791 2 [applica/x-gunzip, base64, 422K] ~/src/mutt-0.85.tar.gz <no description>
2793 The '-' denotes that Mutt will delete the file after sending (or
2794 postponing, or cancelling) the message. It can be toggled with the
2795 toggle-unlink command (default: u). The next field is the MIME
2796 content-type, and can be changed with the edit-type command (default:
2797 ^T). The next field is the encoding for the attachment, which allows
2798 a binary message to be encoded for transmission on 7bit links. It can
2799 be changed with the edit-encoding command (default: ^E). The next
2800 field is the size of the attachment, rounded to kilobytes or
2801 megabytes. The next field is the filename, which can be changed with
2802 the rename-file command (default: R). The final field is the
2803 description of the attachment, and can be changed with the edit-
2804 description command (default: d).
2806 5
\b5.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE T
\bTy
\byp
\bpe
\be c
\bco
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\big
\bgu
\bur
\bra
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn w
\bwi
\bit
\bth
\bh m
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be.
\b.t
\bty
\byp
\bpe
\bes
\bs
2808 When you add an attachment to your mail message, Mutt searches your
2809 personal mime.types file at ${HOME}/.mime.types, and then the system
2810 mime.types file at /usr/local/share/mutt/mime.types or /etc/mime.types
2812 The mime.types file consist of lines containing a MIME type and a
2813 space separated list of extensions. For example:
2815 application/postscript ps eps
2817 audio/x-aiff aif aifc aiff
2819 A sample mime.types file comes with the Mutt distribution, and should
2820 contain most of the MIME types you are likely to use.
2822 If Mutt can not determine the mime type by the extension of the file
2823 you attach, it will look at the file. If the file is free of binary
2824 information, Mutt will assume that the file is plain text, and mark it
2825 as text/plain. If the file contains binary information, then Mutt
2826 will mark it as application/octet-stream. You can change the MIME
2827 type that Mutt assigns to an attachment by using the edit-type command
2828 from the compose menu (default: ^T). The MIME type is actually a major
2829 mime type followed by the sub-type, separated by a '/'. 6 major types:
2830 application, text, image, video, audio, and model have been approved
2831 after various internet discussions. Mutt recognises all of these if
2832 the appropriate entry is found in the mime.types file. It also
2833 recognises other major mime types, such as the chemical type that is
2834 widely used in the molecular modelling community to pass molecular
2835 data in various forms to various molecular viewers. Non-recognised
2836 mime types should only be used if the recipient of the message is
2837 likely to be expecting such attachments.
2839 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE V
\bVi
\bie
\bew
\bwe
\ber
\br c
\bco
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\big
\bgu
\bur
\bra
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn w
\bwi
\bit
\bth
\bh m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blc
\bca
\bap
\bp
2841 Mutt supports RFC 1524 MIME Configuration, in particular the Unix
2842 specific format specified in Appendix A of RFC 1524. This file format
2843 is commonly referred to as the mailcap format. Many MIME compliant
2844 programs utilize the mailcap format, allowing you to specify handling
2845 for all MIME types in one place for all programs. Programs known to
2846 use this format include Netscape, XMosaic, lynx and metamail.
2848 In order to handle various MIME types that Mutt can not handle
2849 internally, Mutt parses a series of external configuration files to
2850 find an external handler. The default search string for these files
2851 is a colon delimited list set to
2853 ${HOME}/.mailcap:/usr/local/share/mutt/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/usr/etc/mailcap:/usr/local/etc/mailcap
2855 where $HOME is your home directory.
2857 In particular, the metamail distribution will install a mailcap file,
2858 usually as /usr/local/etc/mailcap, which contains some baseline
2861 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. T
\bTh
\bhe
\be B
\bBa
\bas
\bsi
\bic
\bcs
\bs o
\bof
\bf t
\bth
\bhe
\be m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blc
\bca
\bap
\bp f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\be
2863 A mailcap file consists of a series of lines which are comments,
2864 blank, or definitions.
2866 A comment line consists of a # character followed by anything you
2869 A blank line is blank.
2871 A definition line consists of a content type, a view command, and any
2872 number of optional fields. Each field of a definition line is divided
2873 by a semicolon ';' character.
2875 The content type is specified in the MIME standard type/subtype
2876 method. For example, text/plain, text/html, image/gif, etc. In
2877 addition, the mailcap format includes two formats for wildcards, one
2878 using the special '*' subtype, the other is the implicit wild, where
2879 you only include the major type. For example, image/*, or video, will
2880 match all image types and video types, respectively.
2882 The view command is a Unix command for viewing the type specified.
2883 There are two different types of commands supported. The default is to
2884 send the body of the MIME message to the command on stdin. You can
2885 change this behaviour by using %s as a parameter to your view command.
2886 This will cause Mutt to save the body of the MIME message to a
2887 temporary file, and then call the view command with the %s replaced by
2888 the name of the temporary file. In both cases, Mutt will turn over the
2889 terminal to the view program until the program quits, at which time
2890 Mutt will remove the temporary file if it exists.
2892 So, in the simplest form, you can send a text/plain message to the
2893 external pager more on stdin:
2897 Or, you could send the message as a file:
2901 Perhaps you would like to use lynx to interactively view a text/html
2906 In this case, lynx does not support viewing a file from stdin, so you
2907 must use the %s syntax. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: _
\bS_
\bo_
\bm_
\be _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs _
\bo_
\bf _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bi_
\bn _
\ba
2908 _
\bb_
\bu_
\bg _
\bw_
\bh_
\be_
\br_
\be _
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\by _
\bw_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl _
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\ba _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\be_
\br _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b/_
\bh_
\bt_
\bm_
\bl_
\b.
2909 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be_
\by _
\bw_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl _
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bc_
\bh _
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\bs _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx_
\b, _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\br_
\bu_
\bn _
\bi_
\bt_
\b. _
\bT_
\bh_
\bi_
\bs _
\bc_
\ba_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\bs
2910 _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx _
\bt_
\bo _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bu_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs_
\bl_
\by _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bw_
\bn _
\bi_
\bt_
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\bf _
\bt_
\bo _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b.
2912 On the other hand, maybe you don't want to use lynx interactively, you
2913 just want to have it convert the text/html to text/plain, then you can
2916 text/html; lynx -dump %s | more
2918 Perhaps you wish to use lynx to view text/html files, and a pager on
2919 all other text formats, then you would use the following:
2924 This is the simplest form of a mailcap file.
2926 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. S
\bSe
\bec
\bcu
\bur
\bre
\be u
\bus
\bse
\be o
\bof
\bf m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blc
\bca
\bap
\bp
2928 The interpretion of shell meta-characters embedded in MIME parameters
2929 can lead to security problems in general. Mutt tries to quote
2930 parameters in expansion of %s syntaxes properly, and avoids risky
2931 characters by substituting them, see the ``mailcap_sanitize''
2934 Although mutt's procedures to invoke programs with mailcap seem to be
2935 safe, there are other applications parsing mailcap, maybe taking less
2936 care of it. Therefore you should pay attention to the following
2939 _
\bK_
\be_
\be_
\bp _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\b%_
\b-_
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bo_
\bs _
\ba_
\bw_
\ba_
\by _
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b. Don't quote them with
2940 single or double quotes. Mutt does this for you, the right way, as
2941 should any other program which interprets mailcap. Don't put them
2942 into backtick expansions. Be highly careful with eval statements, and
2943 avoid them if possible at all. Trying to fix broken behaviour with
2944 quotes introduces new leaks - there is no alternative to correct
2945 quoting in the first place.
2947 If you have to use the %-expandos' values in context where you need
2948 quoting or backtick expansions, put that value into a shell variable
2949 and reference the shell variable where necessary, as in the following
2950 example (using $charset inside the backtick expansion is safe, since
2951 it is not itself subject to any further expansion):
2953 text/test-mailcap-bug; cat %s; copiousoutput; test=charset=%{charset} \
2954 && test "`echo $charset | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'`" != iso-8859-1
2956 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. A
\bAd
\bdv
\bva
\ban
\bnc
\bce
\bed
\bd m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blc
\bca
\bap
\bp U
\bUs
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be
2958 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. O
\bOp
\bpt
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bna
\bal
\bl F
\bFi
\bie
\bel
\bld
\bds
\bs
2960 In addition to the required content-type and view command fields, you
2961 can add semi-colon ';' separated fields to set flags and other
2962 options. Mutt recognizes the following optional fields:
2964 c
\bco
\bop
\bpi
\bio
\bou
\bus
\bso
\bou
\but
\btp
\bpu
\but
\bt
2965 This flag tells Mutt that the command passes possibly large
2966 amounts of text on stdout. This causes Mutt to invoke a pager
2967 (either the internal pager or the external pager defined by the
2968 pager variable) on the output of the view command. Without this
2969 flag, Mutt assumes that the command is interactive. One could
2970 use this to replace the pipe to more in the lynx -dump example
2971 in the Basic section:
2973 text/html; lynx -dump %s ; copiousoutput
2975 This will cause lynx to format the text/html output as text/plain
2976 and Mutt will use your standard pager to display the results.
2978 n
\bne
\bee
\bed
\bds
\bst
\bte
\ber
\brm
\bmi
\bin
\bna
\bal
\bl
2979 Mutt uses this flag when viewing attachments with ``autoview'',
2980 in order to decide whether it should honor the setting of the
2981 ``$wait_key'' variable or not. When an attachment is viewed
2982 using an interactive program, and the corresponding mailcap
2983 entry has a _
\bn_
\be_
\be_
\bd_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl flag, Mutt will use ``$wait_key'' and
2984 the exit status of the program to decide if it will ask you to
2985 press a key after the external program has exited. In all other
2986 situations it will not prompt you for a key.
2988 c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpo
\bos
\bse
\be=
\b=<
\b<c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd>
\b>
2989 This flag specifies the command to use to create a new
2990 attachment of a specific MIME type. Mutt supports this from the
2993 c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpo
\bos
\bse
\bet
\bty
\byp
\bpe
\bed
\bd=
\b=<
\b<c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd>
\b>
2994 This flag specifies the command to use to create a new
2995 attachment of a specific MIME type. This command differs from
2996 the compose command in that mutt will expect standard MIME
2997 headers on the data. This can be used to specify parameters,
2998 filename, description, etc. for a new attachment. Mutt
2999 supports this from the compose menu.
3001 p
\bpr
\bri
\bin
\bnt
\bt=
\b=<
\b<c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd>
\b>
3002 This flag specifies the command to use to print a specific MIME
3003 type. Mutt supports this from the attachment and compose menus.
3005 e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt=
\b=<
\b<c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd>
\b>
3006 This flag specifies the command to use to edit a specific MIME
3007 type. Mutt supports this from the compose menu, and also uses
3008 it to compose new attachments. Mutt will default to the defined
3009 editor for text attachments.
3011 n
\bna
\bam
\bme
\bet
\bte
\bem
\bmp
\bpl
\bla
\bat
\bte
\be=
\b=<
\b<t
\bte
\bem
\bmp
\bpl
\bla
\bat
\bte
\be>
\b>
3012 This field specifies the format for the file denoted by %s in
3013 the command fields. Certain programs will require a certain
3014 file extension, for instance, to correctly view a file. For
3015 instance, lynx will only interpret a file as text/html if the
3016 file ends in .html. So, you would specify lynx as a text/html
3017 viewer with a line in the mailcap file like:
3019 text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
3021 t
\bte
\bes
\bst
\bt=
\b=<
\b<c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd>
\b>
3022 This field specifies a command to run to test whether this
3023 mailcap entry should be used. The command is defined with the
3024 command expansion rules defined in the next section. If the
3025 command returns 0, then the test passed, and Mutt uses this
3026 entry. If the command returns non-zero, then the test failed,
3027 and Mutt continues searching for the right entry. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: _
\bt_
\bh_
\be
3028 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bm_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt _
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt _
\bp_
\be_
\br_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\bs _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bt_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\b. For
3031 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
3034 In this example, Mutt will run the program RunningX which will
3035 return 0 if the X Window manager is running, and non-zero if it
3036 isn't. If RunningX returns 0, then Mutt will call netscape to dis
3037 play the text/html object. If RunningX doesn't return 0, then Mutt
3038 will go on to the next entry and use lynx to display the text/html
3041 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. S
\bSe
\bea
\bar
\brc
\bch
\bh O
\bOr
\brd
\bde
\ber
\br
3043 When searching for an entry in the mailcap file, Mutt will search for
3044 the most useful entry for its purpose. For instance, if you are
3045 attempting to print an image/gif, and you have the following entries
3046 in your mailcap file, Mutt will search for an entry with the print
3050 image/gif; ; print= anytopnm %s | pnmtops | lpr; \
3053 Mutt will skip the image/* entry and use the image/gif entry with the
3056 In addition, you can use this with ``Autoview'' to denote two commands
3057 for viewing an attachment, one to be viewed automatically, the other
3058 to be viewed interactively from the attachment menu. In addition, you
3059 can then use the test feature to determine which viewer to use
3060 interactively depending on your environment.
3062 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
3063 text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
3064 text/html; lynx -dump %s; nametemplate=%s.html; copiousoutput
3066 For ``Autoview'', Mutt will choose the third entry because of the
3067 copiousoutput tag. For interactive viewing, Mutt will run the program
3068 RunningX to determine if it should use the first entry. If the pro
3069 gram returns non-zero, Mutt will use the second entry for interactive
3072 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. C
\bCo
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd E
\bEx
\bxp
\bpa
\ban
\bns
\bsi
\bio
\bon
\bn
3074 The various commands defined in the mailcap files are passed to the
3075 /bin/sh shell using the system() function. Before the command is
3076 passed to /bin/sh -c, it is parsed to expand various special
3077 parameters with information from Mutt. The keywords Mutt expands are:
3079 %
\b%s
\bs As seen in the basic mailcap section, this variable is expanded
3080 to a filename specified by the calling program. This file
3081 contains the body of the message to view/print/edit or where the
3082 composing program should place the results of composition. In
3083 addition, the use of this keyword causes Mutt to not pass the
3084 body of the message to the view/print/edit program on stdin.
3086 %
\b%t
\bt Mutt will expand %t to the text representation of the content
3087 type of the message in the same form as the first parameter of
3088 the mailcap definition line, ie text/html or image/gif.
3090 %
\b%{
\b{<
\b<p
\bpa
\bar
\bra
\bam
\bme
\bet
\bte
\ber
\br>
\b>}
\b}
3091 Mutt will expand this to the value of the specified parameter
3092 from the Content-Type: line of the mail message. For instance,
3093 if Your mail message contains:
3095 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
3097 then Mutt will expand %{charset} to iso-8859-1. The default meta
3098 mail mailcap file uses this feature to test the charset to spawn an
3099 xterm using the right charset to view the message.
3101 \
\b\%
\b% This will be replaced by a %
3103 Mutt does not currently support the %F and %n keywords specified in
3104 RFC 1524. The main purpose of these parameters is for multipart mes
3105 sages, which is handled internally by Mutt.
3107 5
\b5.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. E
\bEx
\bxa
\bam
\bmp
\bpl
\ble
\be m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blc
\bca
\bap
\bp f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\bes
\bs
3109 This mailcap file is fairly simple and standard:
3111 ______________________________________________________________________
3112 # I'm always running X :)
3113 video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
3114 image/*; xv %s > /dev/null
3116 # I'm always running netscape (if my computer had more memory, maybe)
3117 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'
3118 ______________________________________________________________________
3120 This mailcap file shows quite a number of examples:
3122 ______________________________________________________________________
3123 # Use xanim to view all videos Xanim produces a header on startup,
3124 # send that to /dev/null so I don't see it
3125 video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
3127 # Send html to a running netscape by remote
3128 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'; test=RunningNetscape
3130 # If I'm not running netscape but I am running X, start netscape on the
3132 text/html; netscape %s; test=RunningX
3134 # Else use lynx to view it as text
3137 # This version would convert the text/html to text/plain
3138 text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput
3140 # I use enscript to print text in two columns to a page
3141 text/*; more %s; print=enscript -2Gr %s
3143 # Netscape adds a flag to tell itself to view jpegs internally
3144 image/jpeg;xv %s; x-mozilla-flags=internal
3146 # Use xv to view images if I'm running X
3147 # In addition, this uses the \ to extend the line and set my editor
3149 image/*;xv %s; test=RunningX; \
3152 # Convert images to text using the netpbm tools
3153 image/*; (anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xysize 80 46 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm |
3154 pbmtoascii -1x2 ) 2>&1 ; copiousoutput
3156 # Send excel spreadsheets to my NT box
3157 application/ms-excel; open.pl %s
3158 ______________________________________________________________________
3160 5
\b5.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE A
\bAu
\but
\bto
\bov
\bvi
\bie
\bew
\bw
3162 In addition to explicitly telling Mutt to view an attachment with the
3163 MIME viewer defined in the mailcap file, Mutt has support for
3164 automatically viewing MIME attachments while in the pager.
3166 To work, you must define a viewer in the mailcap file which uses the
3167 copiousoutput option to denote that it is non-interactive. Usually,
3168 you also use the entry to convert the attachment to a text
3169 representation which you can view in the pager.
3171 You then use the auto_view muttrc command to list the content-types
3172 that you wish to view automatically.
3174 For instance, if you set auto_view to:
3176 auto_view text/html application/x-gunzip application/postscript image/gif application/x-tar-gz
3178 Mutt could use the following mailcap entries to automatically view
3179 attachments of these types.
3181 text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput; nametemplate=%s.html
3182 image/*; anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xsize 80 -ysize 50 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm | pbmtoascii ; copiousoutput
3183 application/x-gunzip; gzcat; copiousoutput
3184 application/x-tar-gz; gunzip -c %s | tar -tf - ; copiousoutput
3185 application/postscript; ps2ascii %s; copiousoutput
3187 ``unauto_view'' can be used to remove previous entries from the
3188 autoview list. This can be used with message-hook to autoview
3189 messages based on size, etc. ``unauto_view *'' will remove all
3192 5
\b5.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE M
\bMu
\bul
\blt
\bti
\bip
\bpa
\bar
\brt
\bt/
\b/A
\bAl
\blt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bna
\bat
\bti
\biv
\bve
\be
3194 Mutt has some heuristics for determining which attachment of a
3195 multipart/alternative type to display. First, mutt will check the
3196 alternative_order list to determine if one of the available types is
3197 preferred. The alternative_order list consists of a number of
3198 mimetypes in order, including support for implicit and explicit
3199 wildcards, for example:
3201 alternative_order text/enriched text/plain text application/postscript image/*
3203 Next, mutt will check if any of the types have a defined
3204 ``auto_view'', and use that. Failing that, Mutt will look for any
3205 text type. As a last attempt, mutt will look for any type it knows
3208 To remove a MIME type from the alternative_order list, use the
3209 unalternative_order command.
3211 5
\b5.
\b.6
\b6.
\b. M
\bMI
\bIM
\bME
\bE L
\bLo
\boo
\bok
\bku
\bup
\bp
3213 Mutt's mime_lookup list specifies a list of mime-types that should not
3214 be treated according to their mailcap entry. This option is designed
3215 to deal with binary types such as application/octet-stream. When an
3216 attachment's mime-type is listed in mime_lookup, then the extension of
3217 the filename will be compared to the list of extensions in the
3218 mime.types file. The mime-type associated with this extension will
3219 then be used to process the attachment according to the rules in the
3220 mailcap file and according to any other configuration options (such as
3221 auto_view) specified. Common usage would be:
3223 mime-lookup application/octet-stream application/X-Lotus-Manuscript
3225 In addition, the unmime_lookup command may be used to disable this
3226 feature for any particular mime-type if it had been set, for example,
3229 6
\b6.
\b. R
\bRe
\bef
\bfe
\ber
\bre
\ben
\bnc
\bce
\be
3231 6
\b6.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. C
\bCo
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd l
\bli
\bin
\bne
\be o
\bop
\bpt
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bns
\bs
3233 Running mutt with no arguments will make Mutt attempt to read your
3234 spool mailbox. However, it is possible to read other mailboxes and to
3235 send messages from the command line as well.
3238 -a attach a file to a message
3239 -b specify a blind carbon-copy (BCC) address
3240 -c specify a carbon-copy (Cc) address
3241 -e specify a config command to be run after initilization files are read
3242 -f specify a mailbox to load
3243 -F specify an alternate file to read initialization commands
3244 -h print help on command line options
3245 -H specify a draft file from which to read a header and body
3246 -i specify a file to include in a message composition
3247 -m specify a default mailbox type
3248 -n do not read the system Muttrc
3249 -p recall a postponed message
3250 -Q query a configuration variable
3251 -R open mailbox in read-only mode
3252 -s specify a subject (enclose in quotes if it contains spaces)
3253 -v show version number and compile-time definitions
3254 -x simulate the mailx(1) compose mode
3255 -y show a menu containing the files specified by the mailboxes command
3256 -z exit immediately if there are no messages in the mailbox
3257 -Z open the first folder with new message,exit immediately if none
3259 To read messages in a mailbox
3261 mutt [ -nz ] [ -F _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bc ] [ -m _
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ] [ -f _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx ]
3263 To compose a new message
3265 mutt [ -n ] [ -F _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bc ] [ -a _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be ] [ -c _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ] [ -i _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ] [
3266 -s _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt ] _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ... ]
3268 Mutt also supports a ``batch'' mode to send prepared messages. Simply
3269 redirect input from the file you wish to send. For example,
3271 mutt -s "data set for run #2" professor@bigschool.edu < ~/run2.dat
3273 This command will send a message to ``professor@bigschool.edu'' with a
3274 subject of ``data set for run #2''. In the body of the message will
3275 be the contents of the file ``~/run2.dat''.
3277 6
\b6.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. C
\bCo
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\big
\bgu
\bur
\bra
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn C
\bCo
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bds
\bs
3279 The following are the commands understood by mutt.
3281 · ``account-hook'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3283 · ``alias'' _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ , _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, ... ]
3285 · ``unalias'' [ * | _
\bk_
\be_
\by ... ]
3287 · ``alternates'' _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3289 · ``unalternates'' [ * | _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3291 · ``alternative_order'' _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3293 · ``unalternative_order'' _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3295 · ``auto_view'' _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3297 · ``unauto_view'' _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3299 · ``bind'' _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3301 · ``charset-hook'' _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3303 · ``color'' _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
3305 · ``uncolor'' _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3307 · ``exec'' _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn [ _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ... ]
3309 · ``fcc-hook'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3311 · ``fcc-save-hook'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3313 · ``folder-hook'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3315 · ``hdr_order'' _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br [ _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br ... ]
3317 · ``unhdr_order'' _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br [ _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br ... ]
3319 · ``iconv-hook'' _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\b-_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3321 · ``ignore'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3323 · ``unignore'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3325 · ``lists'' _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ... ]
3327 · ``unlists'' _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ... ]
3329 · ``macro'' _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
3331 · ``mailboxes'' _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
3333 · ``mbox-hook'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3335 · ``message-hook'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3337 · ``mime_lookup'' _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3339 · ``unmime_lookup'' _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3341 · ``mono'' _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
3343 · ``unmono'' _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3345 · ``my_hdr'' _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
3347 · ``unmy_hdr'' _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd ... ]
3349 · ``crypt-hook'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\b-_
\bi_
\bd
3351 · ``push'' _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
3353 · ``reset'' _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3355 · ``save-hook'' _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
3357 · ``score'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be
3359 · ``unscore'' _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3361 · ``send-hook'' _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3363 · ``set'' [no|inv]_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be[=_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be] [ _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3365 · ``unset'' _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3367 · ``source'' _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
3369 · ``subscribe'' _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ... ]
3371 · ``unsubscribe'' _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ... ]
3373 · ``toggle'' _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3375 · ``unhook'' _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
3377 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. C
\bCo
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\big
\bgu
\bur
\bra
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn v
\bva
\bar
\bri
\bia
\bab
\bbl
\ble
\bes
\bs
3379 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. a
\bab
\bbo
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_n
\bno
\bos
\bsu
\bub
\bbj
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt
3384 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, when composing messages and no subject is given at the
3385 subject prompt, composition will be aborted. If set to _
\bn_
\bo, composing
3386 messages with no subject given at the subject prompt will never be
3389 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. a
\bab
\bbo
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_u
\bun
\bnm
\bmo
\bod
\bdi
\bif
\bfi
\bie
\bed
\bd
3394 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, composition will automatically abort after editing the
3395 message body if no changes are made to the file (this check only
3396 happens after the _
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt edit of the file). When set to _
\bn_
\bo,
3397 composition will never be aborted.
3399 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs_
\b_f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\be
3402 Default: "~/.muttrc"
3404 The default file in which to save aliases created by the ````create-
3407 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt will not automatically source this file; you must
3408 explicitly use the ````source'''' command for it to be executed.
3410 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
3413 Default: "%4n %2f %t %-10a %r"
3415 Specifies the format of the data displayed for the `alias' menu. The
3416 following printf(3)-style sequences are available:
3420 %
\b%f
\bf flags - currently, a "d" for an alias marked for deletion
3422 %
\b%n
\bn index number
3424 %
\b%r
\br address which alias expands to
3426 %
\b%t
\bt character which indicates if the alias is tagged for inclusion
3428 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. a
\bal
\bll
\blo
\bow
\bw_
\b_8
\b8b
\bbi
\bit
\bt
3433 Controls whether 8-bit data is converted to 7-bit using either Quoted-
3434 Printable or Base64 encoding when sending mail.
3436 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b6.
\b. a
\bal
\bll
\blo
\bow
\bw_
\b_a
\ban
\bns
\bsi
\bi
3441 Controls whether ANSI color codes in messages (and color tags in rich
3442 text messages) are to be interpreted. Messages containing these codes
3443 are rare, but if this option is set, their text will be colored
3444 accordingly. Note that this may override your color choices, and even
3445 present a security problem, since a message could include a line like
3446 "[-- PGP output follows ..." and give it the same color as your
3449 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b7.
\b. a
\bar
\brr
\bro
\bow
\bw_
\b_c
\bcu
\bur
\brs
\bso
\bor
\br
3454 When set, an arrow (``->'') will be used to indicate the current entry
3455 in menus instead of highlighting the whole line. On slow network or
3456 modem links this will make response faster because there is less that
3457 has to be redrawn on the screen when moving to the next or previous
3458 entries in the menu.
3460 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b8.
\b. a
\bas
\bsc
\bci
\bii
\bi_
\b_c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bs
3465 If set, Mutt will use plain ASCII characters when displaying thread
3466 and attachment trees, instead of the default _
\bA_
\bC_
\bS characters.
3468 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b9.
\b. a
\bas
\bsk
\bkb
\bbc
\bcc
\bc
3473 If set, Mutt will prompt you for blind-carbon-copy (Bcc) recipients
3474 before editing an outgoing message.
3476 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b0.
\b. a
\bas
\bsk
\bkc
\bcc
\bc
3481 If set, Mutt will prompt you for carbon-copy (Cc) recipients before
3482 editing the body of an outgoing message.
3484 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b1.
\b. a
\bas
\bsk
\bk_
\b_f
\bfo
\bol
\bll
\blo
\bow
\bw_
\b_u
\bup
\bp
3489 If set, Mutt will prompt you for follow-up groups before editing the
3490 body of an outgoing message.
3492 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b2.
\b. a
\bas
\bsk
\bk_
\b_x
\bx_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bme
\ben
\bnt
\bt_
\b_t
\bto
\bo
3497 If set, Mutt will prompt you for x-comment-to field before editing the
3498 body of an outgoing message.
3499 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b3.
\b. a
\bat
\btt
\bta
\bac
\bch
\bh_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
3502 Default: "%u%D%I %t%4n %T%.40d%> [%.7m/%.10M, %.6e%?C?, %C?, %s] "
3504 This variable describes the format of the `attachment' menu. The
3505 following printf-style sequences are understood:
3509 %
\b%c
\bc reqiures charset conversion (n or c)
3511 %
\b%D
\bD deleted flag
3513 %
\b%d
\bd description
3515 %
\b%e
\be MIME content-transfer-encoding
3519 %
\b%I
\bI disposition (I=inline, A=attachment)
3521 %
\b%m
\bm major MIME type
3523 %
\b%M
\bM MIME subtype
3525 %
\b%n
\bn attachment number
3529 %
\b%t
\bt tagged flag
3531 %
\b%T
\bT graphic tree characters
3533 %
\b%u
\bu unlink (=to delete) flag
3536 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
3539 pad to the end of the line with character "X"
3541 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b4.
\b. a
\bat
\btt
\bta
\bac
\bch
\bh_
\b_s
\bse
\bep
\bp
3546 The separator to add between attachments when operating (saving,
3547 printing, piping, etc) on a list of tagged attachments.
3549 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b5.
\b. a
\bat
\btt
\bta
\bac
\bch
\bh_
\b_s
\bsp
\bpl
\bli
\bit
\bt
3554 If this variable is unset, when operating (saving, printing, piping,
3555 etc) on a list of tagged attachments, Mutt will concatenate the
3556 attachments and will operate on them as a single attachment. The
3557 ````$attach_sep'''' separator is added after each attachment. When
3558 set, Mutt will operate on the attachments one by one.
3560 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b6.
\b. a
\bat
\btt
\btr
\bri
\bib
\bbu
\but
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn
3563 Default: "On %d, %n wrote:"
3565 This is the string that will precede a message which has been included
3566 in a reply. For a full listing of defined printf()-like sequences see
3567 the section on ````$index_format''''.
3569 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b7.
\b. a
\bau
\but
\bto
\boe
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt
3574 When set along with ````$edit_headers'''', Mutt will skip the initial
3575 send-menu and allow you to immediately begin editing the body of your
3576 message. The send-menu may still be accessed once you have finished
3577 editing the body of your message.
3579 Also see ````$fast_reply''''.
3581 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b8.
\b. a
\bau
\but
\bto
\bo_
\b_t
\bta
\bag
\bg
3586 When set, functions in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu which affect a message will be
3587 applied to all tagged messages (if there are any). When unset, you
3588 must first use the tag-prefix function (default: ";") to make the next
3589 function apply to all tagged messages.
3591 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b9.
\b. b
\bbe
\bee
\bep
\bp
3596 When this variable is set, mutt will beep when an error occurs.
3598 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b0.
\b. b
\bbe
\bee
\bep
\bp_
\b_n
\bne
\bew
\bw
3603 When this variable is set, mutt will beep whenever it prints a message
3604 notifying you of new mail. This is independent of the setting of the
3605 ````$beep'''' variable.
3607 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b1.
\b. b
\bbo
\bou
\bun
\bnc
\bce
\be
3612 Controls whether you will be asked to confirm bouncing messages. If
3613 set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs you don't get asked if you want to bounce a message.
3614 Setting this variable to _
\bn_
\bo is not generally useful, and thus not
3615 recommended, because you are unable to bounce messages.
3617 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b2.
\b. b
\bbo
\bou
\bun
\bnc
\bce
\be_
\b_d
\bde
\bel
\bli
\biv
\bve
\ber
\bre
\bed
\bd
3622 When this variable is set, mutt will include Delivered-To headers when
3623 bouncing messages. Postfix users may wish to unset this variable.
3625 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b3.
\b. c
\bca
\bat
\btc
\bch
\bhu
\bup
\bp_
\b_n
\bne
\bew
\bws
\bsg
\bgr
\bro
\bou
\bup
\bp
3630 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt will mark all articles in newsgroup as
3631 read when you quit the newsgroup (catchup newsgroup).
3633 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b4.
\b. c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bse
\bet
\bt
3638 Character set your terminal uses to display and enter textual data.
3640 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b5.
\b. c
\bch
\bhe
\bec
\bck
\bk_
\b_n
\bne
\bew
\bw
3645 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this option only affects _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\bi_
\br and _
\bM_
\bH style mailboxes.
3647 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt will check for new mail delivered while the mailbox is
3648 open. Especially with MH mailboxes, this operation can take quite
3649 some time since it involves scanning the directory and checking each
3650 file to see if it has already been looked at. If _
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
3651 no check for new mail is performed while the mailbox is open.
3653 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b6.
\b. c
\bco
\bol
\bll
\bla
\bap
\bps
\bse
\be_
\b_u
\bun
\bnr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd
3658 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt will not collapse a thread if it contains any unread
3661 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b7.
\b. u
\bun
\bnc
\bco
\bol
\bll
\bla
\bap
\bps
\bse
\be_
\b_j
\bju
\bum
\bmp
\bp
3666 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt will jump to the next unread message, if any, when the
3667 current thread is _
\bu_
\bncollapsed.
3669 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b8.
\b. c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpo
\bos
\bse
\be_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
3672 Default: "-- Mutt: Compose [Approx. msg size: %l Atts: %a]%>-"
3674 Controls the format of the status line displayed in the \fCompose
3675 menu. This string is similar to ````$status_format'''', but has its
3676 own set of printf()-like sequences:
3678 %
\b%a
\ba total number of attachments
3680 %
\b%h
\bh local hostname
3682 %
\b%l
\bl approximate size (in bytes) of the current message
3684 %
\b%v
\bv Mutt version string
3686 See the text describing the ````$status_format'''' option for more
3687 information on how to set ````$compose_format''''.
3689 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b29
\b9.
\b. c
\bco
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\bir
\brm
\bma
\bap
\bpp
\bpe
\ben
\bnd
\bd
3694 When set, Mutt will prompt for confirmation when appending messages to
3695 an existing mailbox.
3697 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b30
\b0.
\b. c
\bco
\bon
\bnf
\bfi
\bir
\brm
\bmc
\bcr
\bre
\bea
\bat
\bte
\be
3702 When set, Mutt will prompt for confirmation when saving messages to a
3703 mailbox which does not yet exist before creating it.
3705 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b31
\b1.
\b. c
\bco
\bon
\bnn
\bne
\bec
\bct
\bt_
\b_t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\beo
\bou
\but
\bt
3710 Causes Mutt to timeout a network connection (for IMAP or POP) after
3711 this many seconds if the connection is not able to be established. A
3712 negative value causes Mutt to wait indefinitely for the connection to
3715 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b32
\b2.
\b. c
\bco
\bon
\bnt
\bte
\ben
\bnt
\bt_
\b_t
\bty
\byp
\bpe
\be
3718 Default: "text/plain"
3720 Sets the default Content-Type for the body of newly composed messages.
3722 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b33
\b3.
\b. c
\bco
\bop
\bpy
\by
3727 This variable controls whether or not copies of your outgoing messages
3728 will be saved for later references. Also see ````$record'''',
3729 ````$save_name'''', ````$force_name'''' and ````fcc-hook''''.
3731 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b34
\b4.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bto
\bop
\bpg
\bgp
\bp
3736 This variable controls whether or not mutt may automatically enable
3737 PGP encryption/signing for messages. See also
3738 ````$crypt_autoencrypt'''', ````$crypt_replyencrypt'''',
3739 ````$crypt_autosign'''', ````$crypt_replysign'''' and
3740 ````$smime_is_default''''.
3742 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b35
\b5.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bto
\bos
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be
3747 This variable controls whether or not mutt may automatically enable
3748 S/MIME encryption/signing for messages. See also
3749 ````$crypt_autoencrypt'''', ````$crypt_replyencrypt'''',
3750 ````$crypt_autosign'''', ````$crypt_replysign'''' and
3751 ````$smime_is_default''''.
3753 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b36
\b6.
\b. d
\bda
\bat
\bte
\be_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
3756 Default: "!%a, %b %d, %Y at %I:%M:%S%p %Z"
3758 This variable controls the format of the date printed by the ``%d''
3759 sequence in ````$index_format''''. This is passed to the _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bf_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
3760 call to process the date. See the man page for _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bf_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b(_
\b3_
\b) for the
3763 Unless the first character in the string is a bang (``!''), the month
3764 and week day names are expanded according to the locale specified in
3765 the variable ````$locale''''. If the first character in the string is
3766 a bang, the bang is discarded, and the month and week day names in the
3767 rest of the string are expanded in the _
\bC locale (that is in US
3770 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b37
\b7.
\b. d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt_
\b_h
\bho
\boo
\bok
\bk
3773 Default: "~f %s !~P | (~P ~C %s)"
3775 This variable controls how send-hooks, message-hooks, save-hooks, and
3776 fcc-hooks will be interpreted if they are specified with only a simple
3777 regexp, instead of a matching pattern. The hooks are expanded when
3778 they are declared, so a hook will be interpreted according to the
3779 value of this variable at the time the hook is declared. The default
3780 value matches if the message is either from a user matching the
3781 regular expression given, or if it is from you (if the from address
3782 matches ``alternates'') and is to or cc'ed to a user matching the
3783 given regular expression.
3785 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b38
\b8.
\b. d
\bde
\bel
\ble
\bet
\bte
\be
3790 Controls whether or not messages are really deleted when closing or
3791 synchronizing a mailbox. If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, messages marked for deleting
3792 will automatically be purged without prompting. If set to _
\bn_
\bo,
3793 messages marked for deletion will be kept in the mailbox.
3795 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.3
\b39
\b9.
\b. d
\bde
\bel
\ble
\bet
\bte
\be_
\b_u
\bun
\bnt
\bta
\bag
\bg
3800 If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt will untag messages when marking them for
3801 deletion. This applies when you either explicitly delete a message,
3802 or when you save it to another folder.
3804 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b40
\b0.
\b. d
\bdi
\big
\bge
\bes
\bst
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bol
\bll
\bla
\bap
\bps
\bse
\be
3809 If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt's revattach menu will not show the
3810 subparts of individual messages in a digest. To see these subparts,
3811 press 'v' on that menu.
3813 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b41
\b1.
\b. d
\bdi
\bis
\bsp
\bpl
\bla
\bay
\by_
\b_f
\bfi
\bil
\blt
\bte
\ber
\br
3818 When set, specifies a command used to filter messages. When a message
3819 is viewed it is passed as standard input to ``$display_filter'', and
3820 the filtered message is read from the standard output.
3822 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b42
\b2.
\b. d
\bdo
\bot
\btl
\blo
\boc
\bck
\bk_
\b_p
\bpr
\bro
\bog
\bgr
\bra
\bam
\bm
3825 Default: "/usr/local/bin/mutt_dotlock"
3827 Contains the path of the mutt_dotlock (8) binary to be used by mutt.
3829 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b43
\b3.
\b. d
\bds
\bsn
\bn_
\b_n
\bno
\bot
\bti
\bif
\bfy
\by
3834 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x
3837 This variable sets the request for when notification is returned. The
3838 string consists of a comma separated list (no spaces!) of one or more
3839 of the following: _
\bn_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br, to never request notification, _
\bf_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bu_
\br_
\be, to
3840 request notification on transmission failure, _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\ba_
\by, to be notified of
3841 message delays, _
\bs_
\bu_
\bc_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, to be notified of successful transmission.
3843 Example: set dsn_notify="failure,delay"
3845 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b44
\b4.
\b. d
\bds
\bsn
\bn_
\b_r
\bre
\bet
\btu
\bur
\brn
\bn
3850 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x
3853 This variable controls how much of your message is returned in DSN
3854 messages. It may be set to either _
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\bs to return just the message
3855 header, or _
\bf_
\bu_
\bl_
\bl to return the full message.
3857 Example: set dsn_return=hdrs
3859 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b45
\b5.
\b. d
\bdu
\bup
\bpl
\bli
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bte
\be_
\b_t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bds
\bs
3864 This variable controls whether mutt, when sorting by threads, threads
3865 messages with the same message-id together. If it is set, it will
3866 indicate that it thinks they are duplicates of each other with an
3867 equals sign in the thread diagram.
3869 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b46
\b6.
\b. e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt_
\b_h
\bhe
\bea
\bad
\bde
\ber
\brs
\bs
3874 This option allows you to edit the header of your outgoing messages
3875 along with the body of your message.
3877 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b47
\b7.
\b. e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bto
\bor
\br
3882 This variable specifies which editor is used by mutt. It defaults to
3883 the value of the VISUAL, or EDITOR, environment variable, or to the
3884 string "vi" if neither of those are set.
3886 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b48
\b8.
\b. e
\ben
\bnc
\bco
\bod
\bde
\be_
\b_f
\bfr
\bro
\bom
\bm
3891 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt will quoted-printable encode messages when they contain
3892 the string "From " in the beginning of a line. Useful to avoid the
3893 tampering certain mail delivery and transport agents tend to do with
3896 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.4
\b49
\b9.
\b. e
\ben
\bnv
\bve
\bel
\blo
\bop
\bpe
\be_
\b_f
\bfr
\bro
\bom
\bm
3901 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt will try to derive the message's _
\be_
\bn_
\bv_
\be_
\bl_
\bo_
\bp_
\be sender from
3902 the "From:" header. Note that this information is passed to sendmail
3903 command using the "-f" command line switch, so don't set this option
3904 if you are using that switch in ``$sendmail'' yourself, or if the
3905 sendmail on your machine doesn't support that command line switch.
3907 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b50
\b0.
\b. e
\bes
\bsc
\bca
\bap
\bpe
\be
3912 Escape character to use for functions in the builtin editor.
3914 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b51
\b1.
\b. f
\bfa
\bas
\bst
\bt_
\b_r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by
3919 When set, the initial prompt for recipients and subject are skipped
3920 when replying to messages, and the initial prompt for subject is
3921 skipped when forwarding messages.
3923 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this variable has no effect when the ````$autoedit'''' variable
3926 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b52
\b2.
\b. f
\bfc
\bcc
\bc_
\b_a
\bat
\btt
\bta
\bac
\bch
\bh
3931 This variable controls whether or not attachments on outgoing messages
3932 are saved along with the main body of your message.
3934 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b53
\b3.
\b. f
\bfc
\bcc
\bc_
\b_c
\bcl
\ble
\bea
\bar
\br
3939 When this variable is set, FCCs will be stored unencrypted and
3940 unsigned, even when the actual message is encrypted and/or signed.
3943 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b54
\b4.
\b. f
\bfo
\bol
\bld
\bde
\ber
\br
3948 Specifies the default location of your mailboxes. A `+' or `=' at the
3949 beginning of a pathname will be expanded to the value of this
3950 variable. Note that if you change this variable from the default
3951 value you need to make sure that the assignment occurs _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be you use
3952 `+' or `=' for any other variables since expansion takes place during
3955 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b55
\b5.
\b. f
\bfo
\bol
\bld
\bde
\ber
\br_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
3958 Default: "%2C %t %N %F %2l %-8.8u %-8.8g %8s %d %f"
3960 This variable allows you to customize the file browser display to your
3961 personal taste. This string is similar to ````$index_format'''', but
3962 has its own set of printf()-like sequences:
3964 %
\b%C
\bC current file number
3966 %
\b%d
\bd date/time folder was last modified
3970 %
\b%F
\bF file permissions
3972 %
\b%g
\bg group name (or numeric gid, if missing)
3974 %
\b%l
\bl number of hard links
3976 %
\b%N
\bN N if folder has new mail, blank otherwise
3978 %
\b%s
\bs size in bytes
3980 %
\b%t
\bt * if the file is tagged, blank otherwise
3982 %
\b%u
\bu owner name (or numeric uid, if missing)
3985 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
3988 pad to the end of the line with character "X"
3990 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b56
\b6.
\b. f
\bfo
\bol
\bll
\blo
\bow
\bwu
\bup
\bp_
\b_t
\bto
\bo
3995 Controls whether or not the _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b-_
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b-_
\bT_
\bo header field is generated
3996 when sending mail. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt will generate this field when you
3997 are replying to a known mailing list, specified with the ``subscribe''
3998 or ````lists'''' commands.
4000 This field has two purposes. First, preventing you from receiving
4001 duplicate copies of replies to messages which you send to mailing
4002 lists, and second, ensuring that you do get a reply separately for any
4003 messages sent to known lists to which you are not subscribed. The
4004 header will contain only the list's address for subscribed lists, and
4005 both the list address and your own email address for unsubscribed
4006 lists. Without this header, a group reply to your message sent to a
4007 subscribed list will be sent to both the list and your address,
4008 resulting in two copies of the same email for you.
4010 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b57
\b7.
\b. f
\bfo
\bol
\bll
\blo
\bow
\bwu
\bup
\bp_
\b_t
\bto
\bo_
\b_p
\bpo
\bos
\bst
\bte
\ber
\br
4015 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt and the keyword "poster" is present in
4016 _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b-_
\bT_
\bo header, follow-up to newsgroup function is not permitted.
4017 The message will be mailed to the submitter of the message via mail.
4019 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b58
\b8.
\b. f
\bfo
\bor
\brc
\bce
\be_
\b_n
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
4024 This variable is similar to ````$save_name'''', except that Mutt will
4025 store a copy of your outgoing message by the username of the address
4026 you are sending to even if that mailbox does not exist.
4028 Also see the ````$record'''' variable.
4030 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.5
\b59
\b9.
\b. f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bco
\bod
\bde
\be
4035 Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when
4036 forwarding a message. The message header is also RFC2047 decoded.
4037 This variable is only used, if ````$mime_forward'''' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
4038 otherwise ````$mime_forward_decode'''' is used instead.
4040 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b60
\b0.
\b. f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd_
\b_e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt
4045 This quadoption controls whether or not the user is automatically
4046 placed in the editor when forwarding messages. For those who always
4047 want to forward with no modification, use a setting of ``no''.
4049 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b61
\b1.
\b. f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
4054 This variable controls the default subject when forwarding a message.
4055 It uses the same format sequences as the ````$index_format''''
4058 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b62
\b2.
\b. f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd_
\b_q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\be
4063 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt forwarded messages included in the main body of the message
4064 (when ````$mime_forward'''' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt) will be quoted using
4065 ````$indent_string''''.
4067 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b63
\b3.
\b. f
\bfr
\bro
\bom
\bm
4069 Type: e-mail address
4072 When set, this variable contains a default from address. It can be
4073 overridden using my_hdr (including from send-hooks) and
4074 ````$reverse_name''''. This variable is ignored if ````$use_from''''
4077 Defaults to the contents of the environment variable EMAIL.
4079 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b64
\b4.
\b. g
\bge
\bec
\bco
\bos
\bs_
\b_m
\bma
\bas
\bsk
\bk
4081 Type: regular expression
4084 A regular expression used by mutt to parse the GECOS field of a
4085 password entry when expanding the alias. By default the regular
4086 expression is set to "^[^,]*" which will return the string up to the
4087 first "," encountered. If the GECOS field contains a string like
4088 "lastname, firstname" then you should set the gecos_mask=".*".
4090 This can be useful if you see the following behavior: you address a e-
4091 mail to user ID stevef whose full name is Steve Franklin. If mutt
4092 expands stevef to "Franklin" stevef@foo.bar then you should set the
4093 gecos_mask to a regular expression that will match the whole name so
4094 mutt will expand "Franklin" to "Franklin, Steve".
4096 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b65
\b5.
\b. g
\bgr
\bro
\bou
\bup
\bp_
\b_i
\bin
\bnd
\bde
\bex
\bx_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
4099 Default: "%4C %M%N %5s %-45.45f %d"
4101 This variable allows you to customize the newsgroup browser display to
4102 your personal taste. This string is similar to ````index_format'''',
4103 but has its own set of printf()-like sequences:
4105 %C current newsgroup number
4106 %d description of newsgroup (becomes from server)
4108 %M - if newsgroup not allowed for direct post (moderated for example)
4109 %N N if newsgroup is new, u if unsubscribed, blank otherwise
4110 %n number of new articles in newsgroup
4111 %s number of unread articles in newsgroup
4112 %>X right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
4113 %|X pad to the end of the line with character "X"
4115 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b66
\b6.
\b. h
\bhd
\bdr
\brs
\bs
4120 When unset, the header fields normally added by the ````my_hdr''''
4121 command are not created. This variable _
\bm_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt be unset before composing
4122 a new message or replying in order to take effect. If set, the user
4123 defined header fields are added to every new message.
4125 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b67
\b7.
\b. h
\bhe
\bea
\bad
\bde
\ber
\br
4130 When set, this variable causes Mutt to include the header of the
4131 message you are replying to into the edit buffer. The ````$weed''''
4134 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b68
\b8.
\b. h
\bhe
\bel
\blp
\bp
4139 When set, help lines describing the bindings for the major functions
4140 provided by each menu are displayed on the first line of the screen.
4142 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The binding will not be displayed correctly if the function is
4143 bound to a sequence rather than a single keystroke. Also, the help
4144 line may not be updated if a binding is changed while Mutt is running.
4145 Since this variable is primarily aimed at new users, neither of these
4146 should present a major problem.
4148 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.6
\b69
\b9.
\b. h
\bhi
\bid
\bdd
\bde
\ben
\bn_
\b_h
\bho
\bos
\bst
\bt
4153 When set, mutt will skip the host name part of ````$hostname''''
4154 variable when adding the domain part to addresses. This variable does
4155 not affect the generation of Message-IDs, and it will not lead to the
4156 cut-off of first-level domains.
4157 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b70
\b0.
\b. h
\bhi
\bid
\bde
\be_
\b_l
\bli
\bim
\bmi
\bit
\bte
\bed
\bd
4162 When set, mutt will not show the presence of messages that are hidden
4163 by limiting, in the thread tree.
4165 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b71
\b1.
\b. h
\bhi
\bid
\bde
\be_
\b_m
\bmi
\bis
\bss
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg
4170 When set, mutt will not show the presence of missing messages in the
4173 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b72
\b2.
\b. h
\bhi
\bid
\bde
\be_
\b_t
\bto
\bop
\bp_
\b_l
\bli
\bim
\bmi
\bit
\bte
\bed
\bd
4178 When set, mutt will not show the presence of messages that are hidden
4179 by limiting, at the top of threads in the thread tree. Note that when
4180 ``$hide_missing'' is set, this option will have no effect.
4182 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b73
\b3.
\b. h
\bhi
\bid
\bde
\be_
\b_t
\bto
\bop
\bp_
\b_m
\bmi
\bis
\bss
\bsi
\bin
\bng
\bg
4187 When set, mutt will not show the presence of missing messages at the
4188 top of threads in the thread tree. Note that when ``$hide_limited''
4189 is set, this option will have no effect.
4191 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b74
\b4.
\b. h
\bhi
\bis
\bst
\bto
\bor
\bry
\by
4196 This variable controls the size (in number of strings remembered) of
4197 the string history buffer. The buffer is cleared each time the
4200 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b75
\b5.
\b. h
\bho
\bon
\bno
\bor
\br_
\b_f
\bfo
\bol
\bll
\blo
\bow
\bwu
\bup
\bp_
\b_t
\bto
\bo
4205 This variable controls whether or not a Mail-Followup-To header is
4206 honored when group-replying to a message.
4207 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b76
\b6.
\b. h
\bho
\bos
\bst
\btn
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
4212 Specifies the hostname to use after the ``@'' in local e-mail
4213 addresses. This overrides the compile time definition obtained from
4216 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b77
\b7.
\b. i
\big
\bgn
\bno
\bor
\bre
\be_
\b_l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt_
\b_r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by_
\b_t
\bto
\bo
4221 Affects the behaviour of the _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by function when replying to messages
4222 from mailing lists. When set, if the ``Reply-To:'' field is set to
4223 the same value as the ``To:'' field, Mutt assumes that the ``Reply-
4224 To:'' field was set by the mailing list to automate responses to the
4225 list, and will ignore this field. To direct a response to the mailing
4226 list when this option is set, use the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by function; _
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by
4227 will reply to both the sender and the list.
4229 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b78
\b8.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bth
\bhe
\ben
\bnt
\bti
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bto
\bor
\brs
\bs
4234 This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods mutt may
4235 attempt to use to log in to an IMAP server, in the order mutt should
4236 try them. Authentication methods are either 'login' or the right side
4237 of an IMAP 'AUTH=xxx' capability string, eg 'digest-md5', parameter is
4238 unset (the default) mutt will try all available methods, in order from
4239 most-secure to least-secure.
4241 Example: set imap_authenticators="gssapi:cram-md5:login"
4243 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt will only fall back to other authentication methods if the
4244 previous methods are unavailable. If a method is available but
4245 authentication fails, mutt will not connect to the IMAP server.
4247 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.7
\b79
\b9.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_d
\bde
\bel
\bli
\bim
\bm_
\b_c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bs
4252 This contains the list of characters which you would like to treat as
4253 folder separators for displaying IMAP paths. In particular it helps in
4254 using the '=' shortcut for your _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br variable.
4256 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b80
\b0.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brc
\bce
\be_
\b_s
\bss
\bsl
\bl
4261 If this variable is set, Mutt will always use SSL when connecting to
4264 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b81
\b1.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_h
\bho
\bom
\bme
\be_
\b_n
\bna
\bam
\bme
\bes
\bsp
\bpa
\bac
\bce
\be
4269 You normally want to see your personal folders alongside your INBOX in
4270 the IMAP browser. If you see something else, you may set this variable
4271 to the IMAP path to your folders.
4273 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b82
\b2.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_k
\bke
\bee
\bep
\bpa
\bal
\bli
\biv
\bve
\be
4278 This variable specifies the maximum amount of time in seconds that
4279 mutt will wait before polling open IMAP connections, to prevent the
4280 server from closing them before mutt has finished with them. The
4281 default is well within the RFC-specified minimum amount of time (30
4282 minutes) before a server is allowed to do this, but in practice the
4283 RFC does get violated every now and then. Reduce this number if you
4284 find yourself getting disconnected from your IMAP server due to
4287 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b83
\b3.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt_
\b_s
\bsu
\bub
\bbs
\bsc
\bcr
\bri
\bib
\bbe
\bed
\bd
4292 This variable configures whether IMAP folder browsing will look for
4293 only subscribed folders or all folders. This can be toggled in the
4294 IMAP browser with the _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd function.
4296 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b84
\b4.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bs
4301 Specifies the password for your IMAP account. If unset, Mutt will
4302 prompt you for your password when you invoke the fetch-mail function.
4303 W
\bWa
\bar
\brn
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg: you should only use this option when you are on a fairly
4304 secure machine, because the superuser can read your muttrc even if you
4305 are the only one who can read the file.
4307 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b85
\b5.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bsi
\biv
\bve
\be
4312 When set, mutt will not open new IMAP connections to check for new
4313 mail. Mutt will only check for new mail over existing IMAP
4314 connections. This is useful if you don't want to be prompted to
4315 user/password pairs on mutt invocation, or if opening the connection
4318 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b86
\b6.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_p
\bpe
\bee
\bek
\bk
4323 If set, mutt will avoid implicitly marking your mail as read whenever
4324 you fetch a message from the server. This is generally a good thing,
4325 but can make closing an IMAP folder somewhat slower. This option
4326 exists to appease speed freaks.
4328 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b87
\b7.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_s
\bse
\ber
\brv
\bve
\ber
\brn
\bno
\boi
\bis
\bse
\be
4333 When set, mutt will display warning messages from the IMAP server as
4334 error messages. Since these messages are often harmless, or generated
4335 due to configuration problems on the server which are out of the
4336 users' hands, you may wish to suppress them at some point.
4338 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b88
\b8.
\b. i
\bim
\bma
\bap
\bp_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\ber
\br
4343 Your login name on the IMAP server.
4345 This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
4347 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.8
\b89
\b9.
\b. i
\bim
\bmp
\bpl
\bli
\bic
\bci
\bit
\bt_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bto
\bov
\bvi
\bie
\bew
\bw
4352 If set to ``yes'', mutt will look for a mailcap entry with the
4353 copiousoutput flag set for _
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by MIME attachment it doesn't have an
4354 internal viewer defined for. If such an entry is found, mutt will use
4355 the viewer defined in that entry to convert the body part to text
4358 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b90
\b0.
\b. i
\bin
\bnc
\bcl
\blu
\bud
\bde
\be
4363 Controls whether or not a copy of the message(s) you are replying to
4364 is included in your reply.
4366 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b91
\b1.
\b. i
\bin
\bnd
\bde
\ben
\bnt
\bt_
\b_s
\bst
\btr
\bri
\bin
\bng
\bg
4371 Specifies the string to prepend to each line of text quoted in a
4372 message to which you are replying. You are strongly encouraged not to
4373 change this value, as it tends to agitate the more fanatical netizens.
4375 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b92
\b2.
\b. i
\bin
\bnd
\bde
\bex
\bx_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
4378 Default: "%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s"
4380 This variable allows you to customize the message index display to
4381 your personal taste.
4383 ``Format strings'' are similar to the strings used in the ``C''
4384 function printf to format output (see the man page for more detail).
4385 The following sequences are defined in Mutt:
4387 %
\b%a
\ba address of the author
4389 %
\b%A
\bA reply-to address (if present; otherwise: address of author)
4391 %
\b%b
\bb filename of the original message folder (think mailBox)
4393 %
\b%B
\bB the list to which the letter was sent, or else the folder name
4396 %
\b%c
\bc number of characters (bytes) in the message
4398 %
\b%C
\bC current message number
4400 %
\b%d
\bd date and time of the message in the format specified by
4401 ``date_format'' converted to sender's time zone
4403 %
\b%D
\bD date and time of the message in the format specified by
4404 ``date_format'' converted to the local time zone
4406 %
\b%e
\be current message number in thread
4408 %
\b%E
\bE number of messages in current thread
4410 %
\b%f
\bf entire From: line (address + real name)
4412 %
\b%F
\bF author name, or recipient name if the message is from you
4414 %
\b%g
\bg newsgroup name (if compiled with nntp support)
4416 %
\b%i
\bi message-id of the current message
4418 %
\b%l
\bl number of lines in the message (does not work with maildir, mh,
4419 and possibly IMAP folders)
4421 %
\b%L
\bL If an address in the To or CC header field matches an address
4422 defined by the users ``subscribe'' command, this displays "To
4423 <list-name>", otherwise the same as %F.
4425 %
\b%m
\bm total number of message in the mailbox
4427 %
\b%M
\bM number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
4429 %
\b%N
\bN message score
4431 %
\b%n
\bn author's real name (or address if missing)
4433 %
\b%O
\bO (_O_riginal save folder) Where mutt would formerly have stashed
4434 the message: list name or recipient name if no list
4436 %
\b%s
\bs subject of the message
4438 %
\b%S
\bS status of the message (N/D/d/!/r/*)
4440 %
\b%t
\bt `to:' field (recipients)
4442 %
\b%T
\bT the appropriate character from the ``$to_chars'' string
4444 %
\b%u
\bu user (login) name of the author
4446 %
\b%v
\bv first name of the author, or the recipient if the message is
4449 %
\b%W
\bW name of organization of author (`organization:' field)
4451 %
\b%y
\by `x-label:' field, if present
4453 %
\b%Y
\bY `x-label' field, if present, and (1) not at part of a thread
4454 tree, (2) at the top of a thread, or (3) `x-label' is different
4455 from preceding message's `x-label'.
4457 %
\b%Z
\bZ message status flags
4459 %
\b%{
\b{f
\bfm
\bmt
\bt}
\b}
4460 the date and time of the message is converted to sender's time
4461 zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function
4462 ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales
4464 %
\b%[
\b[f
\bfm
\bmt
\bt]
\b]
4465 the date and time of the message is converted to the local time
4466 zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function
4467 ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales
4469 %
\b%(
\b(f
\bfm
\bmt
\bt)
\b)
4470 the local date and time when the message was received. ``fmt''
4471 is expanded by the library function ``strftime''; a leading bang
4474 %
\b%<
\b<f
\bfm
\bmt
\bt>
\b>
4475 the current local time. ``fmt'' is expanded by the library
4476 function ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales.
4479 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
4482 pad to the end of the line with character "X"
4484 See also: ````$to_chars''''.
4486 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b93
\b3.
\b. i
\bin
\bne
\bew
\bws
\bs
4491 If set, specifies the program and arguments used to deliver news
4492 posted by Mutt. Otherwise, mutt posts article using current
4493 connection to news server. The following printf-style sequence is
4498 Example: set inews="/usr/local/bin/inews -hS"
4500 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b94
\b4.
\b. i
\bis
\bsp
\bpe
\bel
\bll
\bl
4503 Default: "/usr/bin/ispell"
4505 How to invoke ispell (GNU's spell-checking software).
4507 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b95
\b5.
\b. k
\bke
\bee
\bep
\bp_
\b_f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bgg
\bge
\bed
\bd
4512 If set, read messages marked as flagged will not be moved from your
4513 spool mailbox to your ````$mbox'''' mailbox, or as a result of a
4514 ````mbox-hook'''' command.
4516 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b96
\b6.
\b. l
\blo
\boc
\bca
\bal
\ble
\be
4521 The locale used by _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bf_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b(_
\b3_
\b) to format dates. Legal values are the
4522 strings your system accepts for the locale variable _
\bL_
\bC_
\b__
\bT_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE.
4524 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b97
\b7.
\b. m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\bl_
\b_c
\bch
\bhe
\bec
\bck
\bk
4529 This variable configures how often (in seconds) mutt should look for
4532 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b98
\b8.
\b. m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blc
\bca
\bap
\bp_
\b_p
\bpa
\bat
\bth
\bh
4537 This variable specifies which files to consult when attempting to
4538 display MIME bodies not directly supported by Mutt.
4540 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.9
\b99
\b9.
\b. m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\blc
\bca
\bap
\bp_
\b_s
\bsa
\ban
\bni
\bit
\bti
\biz
\bze
\be
4545 If set, mutt will restrict possible characters in mailcap % expandos
4546 to a well-defined set of safe characters. This is the safe setting,
4547 but we are not sure it doesn't break some more advanced MIME stuff.
4549 D
\bDO
\bON
\bN'
\b'T
\bT C
\bCH
\bHA
\bAN
\bNG
\bGE
\bE T
\bTH
\bHI
\bIS
\bS S
\bSE
\bET
\bTT
\bTI
\bIN
\bNG
\bG U
\bUN
\bNL
\bLE
\bES
\bSS
\bS Y
\bYO
\bOU
\bU A
\bAR
\bRE
\bE R
\bRE
\bEA
\bAL
\bLL
\bLY
\bY S
\bSU
\bUR
\bRE
\bE W
\bWH
\bHA
\bAT
\bT Y
\bYO
\bOU
\bU A
\bAR
\bRE
\bE
4550 D
\bDO
\bOI
\bIN
\bNG
\bG!
\b!
4552 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b00
\b0.
\b. m
\bma
\bai
\bil
\bld
\bdi
\bir
\br_
\b_t
\btr
\bra
\bas
\bsh
\bh
4557 If set, messages marked as deleted will be saved with the maildir
4558 (T)rashed flag instead of unlinked. N
\bNO
\bOT
\bTE
\bE:
\b: this only applies to
4559 maildir-style mailboxes. Setting it will have no effect on other
4562 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b01
\b1.
\b. m
\bma
\bar
\brk
\bk_
\b_o
\bol
\bld
\bd
4567 Controls whether or not mutt marks _
\bn_
\be_
\bw u
\bun
\bnr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd messages as _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd if you
4568 exit a mailbox without reading them. With this option set, the next
4569 time you start mutt, the messages will show up with an "O" next to
4570 them in the index menu, indicating that they are old.
4572 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b02
\b2.
\b. m
\bma
\bar
\brk
\bke
\ber
\brs
\bs
4577 Controls the display of wrapped lines in the internal pager. If set, a
4578 ``+'' marker is displayed at the beginning of wrapped lines. Also see
4579 the ````$smart_wrap'''' variable.
4581 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b03
\b3.
\b. m
\bma
\bas
\bsk
\bk
4583 Type: regular expression
4586 A regular expression used in the file browser, optionally preceded by
4587 the _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt operator ``!''. Only files whose names match this mask will
4588 be shown. The match is always case-sensitive.
4590 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b04
\b4.
\b. m
\bmb
\bbo
\box
\bx
4595 This specifies the folder into which read mail in your
4596 ````$spoolfile'''' folder will be appended.
4598 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b05
\b5.
\b. m
\bmb
\bbo
\box
\bx_
\b_t
\bty
\byp
\bpe
\be
4603 The default mailbox type used when creating new folders. May be any of
4604 mbox, MMDF, MH and Maildir.
4606 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b06
\b6.
\b. m
\bme
\bet
\bto
\boo
\bo
4611 If unset, Mutt will remove your address (see the ``alternates''
4612 command) from the list of recipients when replying to a message.
4614 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b07
\b7.
\b. m
\bme
\ben
\bnu
\bu_
\b_s
\bsc
\bcr
\bro
\bol
\bll
\bl
4619 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, menus will be scrolled up or down one line when you attempt
4620 to move across a screen boundary. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the screen is cleared and
4621 the next or previous page of the menu is displayed (useful for slow
4622 links to avoid many redraws).
4624 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b08
\b8.
\b. m
\bme
\bet
\bta
\ba_
\b_k
\bke
\bey
\by
4629 If set, forces Mutt to interpret keystrokes with the high bit (bit 8)
4630 set as if the user had pressed the ESC key and whatever key remains
4631 after having the high bit removed. For example, if the key pressed
4632 has an ASCII value of 0xf4, then this is treated as if the user had
4633 pressed ESC then ``x''. This is because the result of removing the
4634 high bit from ``0xf4'' is ``0x74'', which is the ASCII character
4637 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b10
\b09
\b9.
\b. m
\bmh
\bh_
\b_p
\bpu
\bur
\brg
\bge
\be
4642 When unset, mutt will mimic mh's behaviour and rename deleted messages
4643 to _
\b,_
\b<_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b> in mh folders instead of really deleting them. If
4644 the variable is set, the message files will simply be deleted.
4646 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b10
\b0.
\b. m
\bmh
\bh_
\b_s
\bse
\beq
\bq_
\b_f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bgg
\bge
\bed
\bd
4651 The name of the MH sequence used for flagged messages.
4653 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b11
\b1.
\b. m
\bmh
\bh_
\b_s
\bse
\beq
\bq_
\b_r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bli
\bie
\bed
\bd
4658 The name of the MH sequence used to tag replied messages.
4660 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b12
\b2.
\b. m
\bmh
\bh_
\b_s
\bse
\beq
\bq_
\b_u
\bun
\bns
\bse
\bee
\ben
\bn
4665 The name of the MH sequence used for unseen messages.
4667 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b13
\b3.
\b. m
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd
4672 When set, the message you are forwarding will be attached as a
4673 separate MIME part instead of included in the main body of the
4674 message. This is useful for forwarding MIME messages so the receiver
4675 can properly view the message as it was delivered to you. If you like
4676 to switch between MIME and not MIME from mail to mail, set this
4677 variable to ask-no or ask-yes.
4679 Also see ````$forward_decode'''' and ````$mime_forward_decode''''.
4681 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b14
\b4.
\b. m
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bco
\bod
\bde
\be
4686 Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when
4687 forwarding a message while ````$mime_forward'''' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt. Otherwise
4688 ````$forward_decode'''' is used instead.
4690 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b15
\b5.
\b. m
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd_
\b_r
\bre
\bes
\bst
\bt
4695 When forwarding multiple attachments of a MIME message from the
4696 recvattach menu, attachments which cannot be decoded in a reasonable
4697 manner will be attached to the newly composed message if this option
4700 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b16
\b6.
\b. m
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_s
\bsu
\bub
\bbj
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt
4705 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, 8-bit ``subject:'' line in article header will not be
4706 encoded according to RFC2047 to base64. This is useful when message
4707 is Usenet article, because MIME for news is nonstandard feature.
4709 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b17
\b7.
\b. m
\bmi
\bix
\bx_
\b_e
\ben
\bnt
\btr
\bry
\by_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
4712 Default: "%4n %c %-16s %a"
4714 This variable describes the format of a remailer line on the mixmaster
4715 chain selection screen. The following printf-like sequences are
4718 %
\b%n
\bn The running number on the menu.
4720 %
\b%c
\bc Remailer capabilities.
4722 %
\b%s
\bs The remailer's short name.
4724 %
\b%a
\ba The remailer's e-mail address.
4726 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b18
\b8.
\b. m
\bmi
\bix
\bxm
\bma
\bas
\bst
\bte
\ber
\br
4729 Default: "mixmaster"
4731 This variable contains the path to the Mixmaster binary on your
4732 system. It is used with various sets of parameters to gather the list
4733 of known remailers, and to finally send a message through the
4736 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b11
\b19
\b9.
\b. m
\bmo
\bov
\bve
\be
4741 Controls whether you will be asked to confirm moving read messages
4742 from your spool mailbox to your ````$mbox'''' mailbox, or as a result
4743 of a ````mbox-hook'''' command.
4745 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b20
\b0.
\b. m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
4750 This is the string displayed in the ``attachment'' menu for
4751 attachments of type message/rfc822. For a full listing of defined
4752 printf()-like sequences see the section on ````$index_format''''.
4754 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b21
\b1.
\b. n
\bna
\bar
\brr
\bro
\bow
\bw_
\b_t
\btr
\bre
\bee
\be
4759 This variable, when set, makes the thread tree narrower, allowing
4760 deeper threads to fit on the screen.
4762 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b22
\b2.
\b. n
\bne
\bew
\bws
\bs_
\b_c
\bca
\bac
\bch
\bhe
\be_
\b_d
\bdi
\bir
\br
4767 This variable pointing to directory where Mutt will save cached news
4768 articles headers in. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, headers will not be saved at all and
4769 will be reloaded each time when you enter to newsgroup.
4771 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b23
\b3.
\b. n
\bne
\bew
\bws
\bs_
\b_s
\bse
\ber
\brv
\bve
\ber
\br
4776 This variable specifies domain name or address of NNTP server. It
4777 defaults to the newsserver specified in the environment variable
4778 $NNTPSERVER or contained in the file /etc/nntpserver. You can also
4779 specify username and an alternative port for each newsserver, ie:
4781 [nntp[s]://][username[:password]@]newsserver[:port]
4783 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b24
\b4.
\b. n
\bne
\bew
\bws
\bsr
\brc
\bc
4786 Default: "~/.newsrc"
4788 The file, containing info about subscribed newsgroups - names and
4789 indexes of read articles. The following printf-style sequence is
4794 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b25
\b5.
\b. n
\bnn
\bnt
\btp
\bp_
\b_c
\bco
\bon
\bnt
\bte
\bex
\bxt
\bt
4799 This variable defines number of articles which will be in index when
4800 newsgroup entered. If active newsgroup have more articles than this
4801 number, oldest articles will be ignored. Also controls how many
4802 articles headers will be saved in cache when you quit newsgroup.
4804 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b26
\b6.
\b. n
\bnn
\bnt
\btp
\bp_
\b_l
\blo
\boa
\bad
\bd_
\b_d
\bde
\bes
\bsc
\bcr
\bri
\bip
\bpt
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn
4809 This variable controls whether or not descriptions for each newsgroup
4810 must be loaded when newsgroup is added to list (first time list
4811 loading or new newsgroup adding).
4813 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b27
\b7.
\b. n
\bnn
\bnt
\btp
\bp_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\ber
\br
4818 Your login name on the NNTP server. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt and NNTP server requires
4819 authentification, Mutt will prompt you for your account name when you
4820 connect to newsserver.
4822 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b28
\b8.
\b. n
\bnn
\bnt
\btp
\bp_
\b_p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bs
4827 Your password for NNTP account.
4829 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b12
\b29
\b9.
\b. n
\bnn
\bnt
\btp
\bp_
\b_p
\bpo
\bol
\bll
\bl
4834 The time in seconds until any operations on newsgroup except post new
4835 article will cause recheck for new news. If set to 0, Mutt will
4836 recheck newsgroup on each operation in index (stepping, read article,
4839 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b30
\b0.
\b. n
\bnn
\bnt
\btp
\bp_
\b_r
\bre
\bec
\bco
\bon
\bnn
\bne
\bec
\bct
\bt
4844 Controls whether or not Mutt will try to reconnect to newsserver when
4847 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b31
\b1.
\b. p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br
4852 This variable specifies which pager you would like to use to view
4853 messages. builtin means to use the builtin pager, otherwise this
4854 variable should specify the pathname of the external pager you would
4857 Using an external pager may have some disadvantages: Additional
4858 keystrokes are necessary because you can't call mutt functions
4859 directly from the pager, and screen resizes cause lines longer than
4860 the screen width to be badly formatted in the help menu.
4862 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b32
\b2.
\b. p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br_
\b_c
\bco
\bon
\bnt
\bte
\bex
\bxt
\bt
4867 This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given
4868 when displaying the next or previous page in the internal pager. By
4869 default, Mutt will display the line after the last one on the screen
4870 at the top of the next page (0 lines of context).
4872 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b33
\b3.
\b. p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
4875 Default: "-%Z- %C/%m: %-20.20n %s"
4877 This variable controls the format of the one-line message ``status''
4878 displayed before each message in either the internal or an external
4879 pager. The valid sequences are listed in the ````$index_format''''
4882 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b34
\b4.
\b. p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br_
\b_i
\bin
\bnd
\bde
\bex
\bx_
\b_l
\bli
\bin
\bne
\bes
\bs
4887 Determines the number of lines of a mini-index which is shown when in
4888 the pager. The current message, unless near the top or bottom of the
4889 folder, will be roughly one third of the way down this mini-index,
4890 giving the reader the context of a few messages before and after the
4891 message. This is useful, for example, to determine how many messages
4892 remain to be read in the current thread. One of the lines is reserved
4893 for the status bar from the index, so a _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs of 6 will
4894 only show 5 lines of the actual index. A value of 0 results in no
4895 index being shown. If the number of messages in the current folder is
4896 less than _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs, then the index will only use as many
4899 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b35
\b5.
\b. p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br_
\b_s
\bst
\bto
\bop
\bp
4904 When set, the internal-pager will n
\bno
\bot
\bt move to the next message when
4905 you are at the end of a message and invoke the _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b-_
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be function.
4907 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b36
\b6.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bto
\bos
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn
4912 Setting this variable will cause Mutt to always attempt to
4913 cryptographically sign outgoing messages. This can be overridden by
4914 use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when signing is not required or encryption is
4915 requested as well. If ````$smime_is_default'''' is set, then OpenSSL
4916 is used instead to create S/MIME messages and settings can be
4917 overridden by use of the _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu. (Crypto only)
4919 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b37
\b7.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bto
\boe
\ben
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt
4924 Setting this variable will cause Mutt to always attempt to PGP encrypt
4925 outgoing messages. This is probably only useful in connection to the
4926 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk command. It can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when
4927 encryption is not required or signing is requested as well. IF
4928 ````$smime_is_default'''' is set, then OpenSSL is used instead to
4929 create S/MIME messages and settings can be overridden by use of the
4930 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu. (Crypto only)
4931 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b38
\b8.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_i
\big
\bgn
\bno
\bor
\bre
\be_
\b_s
\bsu
\bub
\bbk
\bke
\bey
\bys
\bs
4936 Setting this variable will cause Mutt to ignore OpenPGP subkeys.
4937 Instead, the principal key will inherit the subkeys' capabilities.
4938 Unset this if you want to play interesting key selection games. (PGP
4941 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b13
\b39
\b9.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\bye
\ben
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt
4946 If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL encrypt replies to messages which
4947 are encrypted. (Crypto only)
4949 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b40
\b0.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\bys
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn
4954 If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which
4957 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this does not work on messages that are encrypted a
\ban
\bnd
\bd signed!
4960 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b41
\b1.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\bys
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bne
\ben
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bte
\bed
\bd
4965 If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which
4966 are encrypted. This makes sense in combination with
4967 ````$crypt_replyencrypt'''', because it allows you to sign all
4968 messages which are automatically encrypted. This works around the
4969 problem noted in ````$crypt_replysign'''', that mutt is not able to
4970 find out whether an encrypted message is also signed. (Crypto only)
4972 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b42
\b2.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\bes
\bst
\bta
\bam
\bmp
\bp
4977 If set, mutt will include a time stamp in the lines surrounding PGP or
4978 S/MIME output, so spoofing such lines is more difficult. If you are
4979 using colors to mark these lines, and rely on these, you may unset
4980 this setting. (Crypto only)
4982 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b43
\b3.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_g
\bgp
\bpg
\bg_
\b_a
\bag
\bge
\ben
\bnt
\bt
4987 If set, mutt will use a possibly-running gpg-agent process. (PGP
4990 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b44
\b4.
\b. c
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_v
\bve
\ber
\bri
\bif
\bfy
\by_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bg
4995 If ``yes'', always attempt to verify PGP or S/MIME signatures. If
4996 ``ask'', ask whether or not to verify the signature. If ``no'', never
4997 attempt to verify cryptographic signatures. (Crypto only)
4999 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b45
\b5.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_i
\bis
\bs_
\b_d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt
5004 The default behaviour of mutt is to use PGP on all auto-
5005 sign/encryption operations. To override and to use OpenSSL instead
5006 this must be set. However, this has no effect while replying, since
5007 mutt will automatically select the same application that was used to
5008 sign/encrypt the original message. (Note that this variable can be
5009 overridden by unsetting ``$crypt_autosmime''.) (S/MIME only)
5011 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b46
\b6.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_a
\bas
\bsk
\bk_
\b_c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bt_
\b_l
\bla
\bab
\bbe
\bel
\bl
5016 This flag controls whether you want to be asked to enter a label for a
5017 certificate about to be added to the database or not. It is set by
5018 default. (S/MIME only)
5020 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b47
\b7.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt_
\b_k
\bke
\bey
\by
5025 If set (default) this tells mutt to use the default key for
5026 decryption. Otherwise, if manage multiple certificate-key-pairs, mutt
5027 will try to use the mailbox-address to determine the key to use. It
5028 will ask you to supply a key, if it can't find one. (S/MIME only)
5030 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b48
\b8.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_e
\ben
\bnt
\btr
\bry
\by_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
5033 Default: "%4n %t%f %4l/0x%k %-4a %2c %u"
5035 This variable allows you to customize the PGP key selection menu to
5036 your personal taste. This string is similar to ````$index_format'''',
5037 but has its own set of printf()-like sequences:
5051 %
\b%c
\bc capabilities
5053 %
\b%t
\bt trust/validity of the key-uid association
5055 %
\b%[
\b[<
\b<s
\bs>
\b>]
\b]
5056 date of the key where <s> is an strftime(3) expression
5060 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b14
\b49
\b9.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_g
\bgo
\boo
\bod
\bd_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn
5062 Type: regular expression
5065 If you assign a text to this variable, then a PGP signature is only
5066 considered verified if the output from ``$pgp_verify_command''
5067 contains the text. Use this variable if the exit code from the command
5068 is 0 even for bad signatures. (PGP only)
5070 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b50
\b0.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_c
\bch
\bhe
\bec
\bck
\bk_
\b_e
\bex
\bxi
\bit
\bt
5075 If set, mutt will check the exit code of the PGP subprocess when
5076 signing or encrypting. A non-zero exit code means that the subprocess
5079 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b51
\b1.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_l
\blo
\bon
\bng
\bg_
\b_i
\bid
\bds
\bs
5084 If set, use 64 bit PGP key IDs. Unset uses the normal 32 bit Key IDs.
5087 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b52
\b2.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_r
\bre
\bet
\bta
\bai
\bin
\bna
\bab
\bbl
\ble
\be_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgs
\bs
5092 If set, signed and encrypted messages will consist of nested
5093 multipart/signed and multipart/encrypted body parts.
5095 This is useful for applications like encrypted and signed mailing
5096 lists, where the outer layer (multipart/encrypted) can be easily
5097 removed, while the inner multipart/signed part is retained. (PGP
5100 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b53
\b3.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw_
\b_u
\bun
\bnu
\bus
\bsa
\bab
\bbl
\ble
\be
5105 If set, mutt will display non-usable keys on the PGP key selection
5106 menu. This includes keys which have been revoked, have expired, or
5107 have been marked as ``disabled'' by the user. (PGP only)
5109 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b54
\b4.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn_
\b_a
\bas
\bs
5114 If you have more than one key pair, this option allows you to specify
5115 which of your private keys to use. It is recommended that you use the
5116 keyid form to specify your key (e.g., ``0x00112233''). (PGP only)
5118 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b55
\b5.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_s
\bst
\btr
\bri
\bic
\bct
\bt_
\b_e
\ben
\bnc
\bc
5123 If set, Mutt will automatically encode PGP/MIME signed messages as
5124 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bd_
\b-_
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be. Please note that unsetting this variable may lead
5125 to problems with non-verifyable PGP signatures, so only change this if
5126 you know what you are doing. (PGP only)
5128 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b56
\b6.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\beo
\bou
\but
\bt
5133 The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if
5134 not used. (PGP only)
5135 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b57
\b7.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_s
\bso
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_k
\bke
\bey
\bys
\bs
5140 Specifies how the entries in the `pgp keys' menu are sorted. The
5141 following are legal values:
5143 a
\bad
\bdd
\bdr
\bre
\bes
\bss
\bs
5144 sort alphabetically by user id
5146 k
\bke
\bey
\byi
\bid
\bd
5147 sort alphabetically by key id
5150 sort by key creation date
5152 t
\btr
\bru
\bus
\bst
\bt
5153 sort by the trust of the key
5155 If you prefer reverse order of the above values, prefix it with
5156 `reverse-'. (PGP only)
5158 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b58
\b8.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_c
\bcr
\bre
\bea
\bat
\bte
\be_
\b_t
\btr
\bra
\bad
\bdi
\bit
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bna
\bal
\bl
5163 This option controls whether Mutt generates old-style inline PGP
5164 encrypted or signed messages.
5166 Note that PGP/MIME will be used automatically for messages which have
5167 a character set different from us-ascii, or which consist of more than
5170 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by
5171 d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd. (PGP only)
5173 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b15
\b59
\b9.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bto
\bo_
\b_t
\btr
\bra
\bad
\bdi
\bit
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bna
\bal
\bl
5178 This option causes Mutt to generate an old-style inline PGP encrypted
5179 or signed message when replying to an old-style message, and a
5180 PGP/MIME message when replying to a PGP/MIME message. Note that this
5181 option is only meaningful when using ````$crypt_replyencrypt'''',
5182 ````$crypt_replysign'''', or ````$crypt_replysignencrypted''''.
5184 Also note that PGP/MIME will be used automatically for messages which
5185 have a character set different from us-ascii, or which consist of more
5186 than a single MIME part.
5188 This option overrides ````$pgp_create_traditional'''' (PGP only)
5190 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b60
\b0.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bco
\bod
\bde
\be_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5195 This format strings specifies a command which is used to decode
5196 application/pgp attachments.
5198 The PGP command formats have their own set of printf-like sequences:
5200 %
\b%p
\bp Expands to PGPPASSFD=0 when a pass phrase is needed, to an empty
5201 string otherwise. Note: This may be used with a %? construct.
5203 %
\b%f
\bf Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
5205 %
\b%s
\bs Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
5206 multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
5208 %
\b%a
\ba The value of ``$pgp_sign_as''.
5210 %
\b%r
\br One or more key IDs.
5212 For examples on how to configure these formats for the various
5213 versions of PGP which are floating around, see the pgp*.rc and gpg.rc
5214 files in the samples/ subdirectory which has been installed on your
5215 system alongside the documentation. (PGP only)
5217 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b61
\b1.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_g
\bge
\bet
\btk
\bke
\bey
\bys
\bs_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5222 This command is invoked whenever mutt will need public key
5223 information. %r is the only printf-like sequence used with this
5226 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b62
\b2.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_v
\bve
\ber
\bri
\bif
\bfy
\by_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5231 This command is used to verify PGP signatures. (PGP only)
5233 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b63
\b3.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5238 This command is used to decrypt a PGP encrypted message. (PGP only)
5240 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b64
\b4.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_c
\bcl
\ble
\bea
\bar
\brs
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5245 This format is used to create a old-style "clearsigned" PGP message.
5246 Note that the use of this format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd. (PGP only)
5248 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b65
\b5.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5253 This command is used to create the detached PGP signature for a
5254 multipart/signed PGP/MIME body part. (PGP only)
5256 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b66
\b6.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_e
\ben
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5261 This command is used to both sign and encrypt a body part. (PGP only)
5263 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b67
\b7.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_e
\ben
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_o
\bon
\bnl
\bly
\by_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5268 This command is used to encrypt a body part without signing it. (PGP
5271 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b68
\b8.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_i
\bim
\bmp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5276 This command is used to import a key from a message into the user's
5277 public key ring. (PGP only)
5279 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b16
\b69
\b9.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_e
\bex
\bxp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5284 This command is used to export a public key from the user's key ring.
5287 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b70
\b0.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_v
\bve
\ber
\bri
\bif
\bfy
\by_
\b_k
\bke
\bey
\by_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5292 This command is used to verify key information from the key selection
5295 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b71
\b1.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt_
\b_s
\bse
\bec
\bcr
\bri
\bin
\bng
\bg_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5300 This command is used to list the secret key ring's contents. The
5301 output format must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys
5304 This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with
5307 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b72
\b2.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp_
\b_l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt_
\b_p
\bpu
\bub
\bbr
\bri
\bin
\bng
\bg_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5312 This command is used to list the public key ring's contents. The
5313 output format must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys
5316 This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with
5319 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b73
\b3.
\b. f
\bfo
\bor
\brw
\bwa
\bar
\brd
\bd_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt
5324 Controls the handling of encrypted messages when forwarding a message.
5325 When set, the outer layer of encryption is stripped off. This
5326 variable is only used if ````$mime_forward'''' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt and
5327 ````$mime_forward_decode'''' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt. (PGP only)
5329 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b74
\b4.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\beo
\bou
\but
\bt
5334 The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if
5335 not used. (S/MIME only)
5337 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b75
\b5.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_e
\ben
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_w
\bwi
\bit
\bth
\bh
5342 This sets the algorithm that should be used for encryption. Valid
5343 choices are "des", "des3", "rc2-40", "rc2-64", "rc2-128". If unset
5344 "3des" (TripleDES) is used. (S/MIME only)
5346 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b76
\b6.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_k
\bke
\bey
\bys
\bs
5351 Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, mutt has to handle
5352 storage ad retrieval of keys/certs by itself. This is very basic right
5353 now, and stores keys and certificates in two different directories,
5354 both named as the hash-value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index
5355 file which contains mailbox-address keyid pair, and which can be
5356 manually edited. This one points to the location of the private keys.
5359 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b77
\b7.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_c
\bca
\ba_
\b_l
\blo
\boc
\bca
\bat
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bn
5364 This variable contains the name of either a directory, or a file which
5365 contains trusted certificates for use with OpenSSL. (S/MIME only)
5367 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b78
\b8.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bti
\bif
\bfi
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bes
\bs
5372 Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, mutt has to handle
5373 storage and retrieval of keys by itself. This is very basic right now,
5374 and keys and certificates are stored in two different directories,
5375 both named as the hash-value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index
5376 file which contains mailbox-address keyid pairs, and which can be
5377 manually edited. This one points to the location of the certificates.
5380 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b17
\b79
\b9.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5385 This format string specifies a command which is used to decrypt
5386 application/x-pkcs7-mime attachments.
5388 The OpenSSL command formats have their own set of printf-like
5389 sequences similar to PGP's:
5390 %
\b%f
\bf Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
5392 %
\b%s
\bs Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
5393 multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
5395 %
\b%k
\bk The key-pair specified with ``$smime_default_key''
5397 %
\b%c
\bc One or more certificate IDs.
5399 %
\b%a
\ba The algorithm used for encryption.
5401 %
\b%C
\bC CA location: Depending on whether ``$smime_ca_location'' points
5402 to a directory or file, this expands to "-CApath
5403 ``$smime_ca_location''" or "-CAfile ``$smime_ca_location''".
5405 For examples on how to configure these formats, see the smime.rc in
5406 the samples/ subdirectory which has been installed on your system
5407 alongside the documentation. (S/MIME only)
5409 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b80
\b0.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_v
\bve
\ber
\bri
\bif
\bfy
\by_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5414 This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type
5415 multipart/signed. (S/MIME only)
5417 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b81
\b1.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_v
\bve
\ber
\bri
\bif
\bfy
\by_
\b_o
\bop
\bpa
\baq
\bqu
\bue
\be_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5422 This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type
5423 application/x-pkcs7-mime. (S/MIME only)
5425 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b82
\b2.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5430 This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type
5431 multipart/signed, which can be read by all mail clients. (S/MIME
5434 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b83
\b3.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn_
\b_o
\bop
\bpa
\baq
\bqu
\bue
\be_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5439 This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type
5440 application/x-pkcs7-signature, which can only be handled by mail
5441 clients supporting the S/MIME extension. (S/MIME only)
5443 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b84
\b4.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_e
\ben
\bnc
\bcr
\bry
\byp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5448 This command is used to create encrypted S/MIME messages. (S/MIME
5451 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b85
\b5.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_p
\bpk
\bk7
\b7o
\bou
\but
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5456 This command is used to extract PKCS7 structures of S/MIME signatures,
5457 in order to extract the public X509 certificate(s). (S/MIME only)
5459 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b86
\b6.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_g
\bge
\bet
\bt_
\b_c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5464 This command is used to extract X509 certificates from a PKCS7
5465 structure. (S/MIME only)
5467 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b87
\b7.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_g
\bge
\bet
\bt_
\b_s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bne
\ber
\br_
\b_c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5472 This command is used to extract only the signers X509 certificate from
5473 a S/MIME signature, so that the certificate's owner may get compared
5474 to the email's (S/MIME only)
5476 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b88
\b8.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_i
\bim
\bmp
\bpo
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5481 This command is used to import a certificate via smime_keys. (S/MIME
5484 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b18
\b89
\b9.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_g
\bge
\bet
\bt_
\b_c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bt_
\b_e
\bem
\bma
\bai
\bil
\bl_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5489 This command is used to extract the mail address(es) used for storing
5490 X509 certificates, and for verification purposes (to check whether the
5491 certificate was issued for the sender's mailbox). (S/MIME only)
5493 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b90
\b0.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be_
\b_d
\bde
\bef
\bfa
\bau
\bul
\blt
\bt_
\b_k
\bke
\bey
\by
5498 This is the default key-pair to use for signing. This must be set to
5499 the keyid (the hash-value that OpenSSL generates) to work properly
5502 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b91
\b1.
\b. s
\bss
\bsl
\bl_
\b_s
\bst
\bta
\bar
\brt
\btt
\btl
\bls
\bs
5507 If set (the default), mutt will attempt to use STARTTLS on servers
5508 advertising the capability. When unset, mutt will not attempt to use
5509 STARTTLS regardless of the server's capabilities.
5511 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b92
\b2.
\b. c
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bti
\bif
\bfi
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bte
\be_
\b_f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\be
5516 This variable specifies the file where the certificates you trust are
5517 saved. When an unknown certificate is encountered, you are asked if
5518 you accept it or not. If you accept it, the certificate can also be
5519 saved in this file and further connections are automatically accepted.
5521 You can also manually add CA certificates in this file. Any server
5522 certificate that is signed with one of these CA certificates are also
5523 automatically accepted.
5525 Example: set certificate_file=~/.mutt/certificates
5527 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b93
\b3.
\b. s
\bss
\bsl
\bl_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\bes
\bsy
\bys
\bst
\bte
\bem
\bmc
\bce
\ber
\brt
\bts
\bs
5532 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, mutt will use CA certificates in the system-wide
5533 certificate store when checking if server certificate is signed by a
5536 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b94
\b4.
\b. e
\ben
\bnt
\btr
\bro
\bop
\bpy
\by_
\b_f
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\be
5541 The file which includes random data that is used to initialize SSL
5544 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b95
\b5.
\b. s
\bss
\bsl
\bl_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_s
\bss
\bsl
\blv
\bv2
\b2
5549 This variables specifies whether to attempt to use SSLv2 in the SSL
5550 authentication process.
5552 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b96
\b6.
\b. s
\bss
\bsl
\bl_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_s
\bss
\bsl
\blv
\bv3
\b3
5557 This variables specifies whether to attempt to use SSLv3 in the SSL
5558 authentication process.
5560 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b97
\b7.
\b. s
\bss
\bsl
\bl_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_t
\btl
\bls
\bsv
\bv1
\b1
5565 This variables specifies whether to attempt to use TLSv1 in the SSL
5566 authentication process.
5568 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b98
\b8.
\b. p
\bpi
\bip
\bpe
\be_
\b_s
\bsp
\bpl
\bli
\bit
\bt
5573 Used in connection with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be command and the ``tag-
5574 prefix'' operator. If this variable is unset, when piping a list of
5575 tagged messages Mutt will concatenate the messages and will pipe them
5576 as a single folder. When set, Mutt will pipe the messages one by one.
5577 In both cases the messages are piped in the current sorted order, and
5578 the ````$pipe_sep'''' separator is added after each message.
5580 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.1
\b19
\b99
\b9.
\b. p
\bpi
\bip
\bpe
\be_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bco
\bod
\bde
\be
5585 Used in connection with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be command. When unset, Mutt
5586 will pipe the messages without any preprocessing. When set, Mutt will
5587 weed headers and will attempt to PGP/MIME decode the messages first.
5589 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b00
\b0.
\b. p
\bpi
\bip
\bpe
\be_
\b_s
\bse
\bep
\bp
5594 The separator to add between messages when piping a list of tagged
5595 messages to an external Unix command.
5597 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b01
\b1.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bth
\bhe
\ben
\bnt
\bti
\bic
\bca
\bat
\bto
\bor
\brs
\bs
5602 This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods mutt may
5603 attempt to use to log in to an POP server, in the order mutt should
5604 try them. Authentication methods are either 'user', 'apop' or any
5605 SASL mechanism, eg 'digest-md5', 'gssapi' or 'cram-md5'. This
5606 parameter is case-insensitive. If this parameter is unset (the
5607 default) mutt will try all available methods, in order from most-
5608 secure to least-secure.
5610 Example: set pop_authenticators="digest-md5:apop:user"
5612 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b02
\b2.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_a
\bau
\but
\bth
\bh_
\b_t
\btr
\bry
\by_
\b_a
\bal
\bll
\bl
5617 If set, Mutt will try all available methods. When unset, Mutt will
5618 only fall back to other authentication methods if the previous methods
5619 are unavailable. If a method is available but authentication fails,
5620 Mutt will not connect to the POP server.
5622 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b03
\b3.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_c
\bch
\bhe
\bec
\bck
\bki
\bin
\bnt
\bte
\ber
\brv
\bva
\bal
\bl
5627 This variable configures how often (in seconds) POP should look for
5630 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b04
\b4.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_d
\bde
\bel
\ble
\bet
\bte
\be
5635 If set, Mutt will delete successfully downloaded messages from the POP
5636 server when using the fetch-mail function. When unset, Mutt will
5637 download messages but also leave them on the POP server.
5639 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b05
\b5.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_h
\bho
\bos
\bst
\bt
5644 The name of your POP server for the fetch-mail function. You can also
5645 specify an alternative port, username and password, ie:
5647 [pop[s]://][username[:password]@]popserver[:port]
5649 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b06
\b6.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_l
\bla
\bas
\bst
\bt
5654 If this variable is set, mutt will try to use the "LAST" POP command
5655 for retrieving only unread messages from the POP server when using the
5656 fetch-mail function.
5658 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b07
\b7.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_r
\bre
\bec
\bco
\bon
\bnn
\bne
\bec
\bct
\bt
5663 Controls whether or not Mutt will try to reconnect to POP server when
5666 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b08
\b8.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_u
\bus
\bse
\ber
\br
5671 Your login name on the POP server.
5673 This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
5675 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b20
\b09
\b9.
\b. p
\bpo
\bop
\bp_
\b_p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bs
5680 Specifies the password for your POP account. If unset, Mutt will
5681 prompt you for your password when you open POP mailbox. W
\bWa
\bar
\brn
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg: you
5682 should only use this option when you are on a fairly secure machine,
5683 because the superuser can read your muttrc even if you are the only
5684 one who can read the file.
5686 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b10
\b0.
\b. p
\bpo
\bos
\bst
\bt_
\b_i
\bin
\bnd
\bde
\ben
\bnt
\bt_
\b_s
\bst
\btr
\bri
\bin
\bng
\bg
5691 Similar to the ````$attribution'''' variable, Mutt will append this
5692 string after the inclusion of a message which is being replied to.
5694 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b11
\b1.
\b. p
\bpo
\bos
\bst
\bt_
\b_m
\bmo
\bod
\bde
\ber
\bra
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd
5699 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, Mutt will post article to newsgroup that have not
5700 permissions to posting (e.g. moderated). N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if newsserver does not
5701 support posting to that newsgroup or totally read-only, that posting
5702 will not have an effect.
5704 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b12
\b2.
\b. p
\bpo
\bos
\bst
\btp
\bpo
\bon
\bne
\be
5709 Controls whether or not messages are saved in the ````$postponed''''
5710 mailbox when you elect not to send immediately.
5712 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b13
\b3.
\b. p
\bpo
\bos
\bst
\btp
\bpo
\bon
\bne
\bed
\bd
5715 Default: "~/postponed"
5717 Mutt allows you to indefinitely ````postpone'' sending a message''
5718 which you are editing. When you choose to postpone a message, Mutt
5719 saves it in the mailbox specified by this variable. Also see the
5720 ````$postpone'''' variable.
5722 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b14
\b4.
\b. p
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bco
\bon
\bnn
\bne
\bec
\bct
\bt
5727 If set, a shell command to be executed if mutt fails to establish a
5728 connection to the server. This is useful for setting up secure
5729 connections, e.g. with ssh(1). If the command returns a nonzero
5730 status, mutt gives up opening the server. Example:
5732 preconnect="ssh -f -q -L 1234:mailhost.net:143 mailhost.net sleep 20 <
5733 /dev/null > /dev/null"
5735 Mailbox 'foo' on mailhost.net can now be reached as
5736 '{localhost:1234}foo'.
5738 NOTE: For this example to work, you must be able to log in to the
5739 remote machine without having to enter a password.
5741 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b15
\b5.
\b. p
\bpr
\bri
\bin
\bnt
\bt
5746 Controls whether or not Mutt asks for confirmation before printing.
5747 This is useful for people (like me) who accidentally hit ``p'' often.
5749 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b16
\b6.
\b. p
\bpr
\bri
\bin
\bnt
\bt_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5754 This specifies the command pipe that should be used to print messages.
5756 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b17
\b7.
\b. p
\bpr
\bri
\bin
\bnt
\bt_
\b_d
\bde
\bec
\bco
\bod
\bde
\be
5761 Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is
5762 set, the message is decoded before it is passed to the external
5763 command specified by ``$print_command''. If this option is unset, no
5764 processing will be applied to the message when printing it. The
5765 latter setting may be useful if you are using some advanced printer
5766 filter which is able to properly format e-mail messages for printing.
5768 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b18
\b8.
\b. p
\bpr
\bri
\bin
\bnt
\bt_
\b_s
\bsp
\bpl
\bli
\bit
\bt
5773 Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is
5774 set, the command specified by ``$print_command'' is executed once for
5775 each message which is to be printed. If this option is unset, the
5776 command specified by ``$print_command'' is executed only once, and all
5777 the messages are concatenated, with a form feed as the message
5780 Those who use the e
\ben
\bns
\bsc
\bcr
\bri
\bip
\bpt
\bt(1) program's mail-printing mode will most
5781 likely want to set this option.
5783 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b21
\b19
\b9.
\b. p
\bpr
\bro
\bom
\bmp
\bpt
\bt_
\b_a
\baf
\bft
\bte
\ber
\br
5788 If you use an _
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl ````$pager'''', setting this variable will
5789 cause Mutt to prompt you for a command when the pager exits rather
5790 than returning to the index menu. If unset, Mutt will return to the
5791 index menu when the external pager exits.
5793 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b20
\b0.
\b. q
\bqu
\bue
\ber
\bry
\by_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
5798 This specifies the command that mutt will use to make external address
5799 queries. The string should contain a %s, which will be substituted
5800 with the query string the user types. See ````query'''' for more
5803 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b21
\b1.
\b. q
\bqu
\bui
\bit
\bt
5808 This variable controls whether ``quit'' and ``exit'' actually quit
5809 from mutt. If it set to yes, they do quit, if it is set to no, they
5810 have no effect, and if it is set to ask-yes or ask-no, you are
5811 prompted for confirmation when you try to quit.
5813 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b22
\b2.
\b. q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\be_
\b_r
\bre
\beg
\bge
\bex
\bxp
\bp
5815 Type: regular expression
5816 Default: "^([ \t]*[|>:}#])+"
5818 A regular expression used in the internal-pager to determine quoted
5819 sections of text in the body of a message.
5821 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: In order to use the _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bdx
\bx patterns in the internal pager, you
5822 need to set this to a regular expression that matches _
\be_
\bx_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\bl_
\by the
5823 quote characters at the beginning of quoted lines.
5825 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b23
\b3.
\b. r
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd_
\b_i
\bin
\bnc
\bc
5830 If set to a value greater than 0, Mutt will display which message it
5831 is currently on when reading a mailbox. The message is printed after
5832 _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc messages have been read (e.g., if set to 25, Mutt will print
5833 a message when it reads message 25, and then again when it gets to
5834 message 50). This variable is meant to indicate progress when reading
5835 large mailboxes which may take some time. When set to 0, only a
5836 single message will appear before the reading the mailbox.
5838 Also see the ````$write_inc'''' variable.
5840 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b24
\b4.
\b. r
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd_
\b_o
\bon
\bnl
\bly
\by
5845 If set, all folders are opened in read-only mode.
5847 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b25
\b5.
\b. r
\bre
\bea
\bal
\bln
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
5852 This variable specifies what "real" or "personal" name should be used
5853 when sending messages.
5855 By default, this is the GECOS field from /etc/passwd. Note that this
5856 variable will _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt be used when the user has set a real name in the
5859 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b26
\b6.
\b. r
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bal
\bll
\bl
5864 Controls whether or not you are prompted to recall postponed messages
5865 when composing a new message. Also see ````$postponed''''.
5867 Setting this variable to ``yes'' is not generally useful, and thus not
5870 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b27
\b7.
\b. r
\bre
\bec
\bco
\bor
\brd
\bd
5875 This specifies the file into which your outgoing messages should be
5876 appended. (This is meant as the primary method for saving a copy of
5877 your messages, but another way to do this is using the ````my_hdr''''
5878 command to create a _
\bB_
\bc_
\bc_
\b: field with your email address in it.)
5880 The value of _
\b`_
\b`_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\b'_
\b' is overridden by the ````$force_name'''' and
5881 ````$save_name'''' variables, and the ````fcc-hook'''' command.
5883 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b28
\b8.
\b. r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by_
\b_r
\bre
\beg
\bge
\bex
\bxp
\bp
5885 Type: regular expression
5886 Default: "^(re([\[0-9\]+])*|aw):[ \t]*"
5888 A regular expression used to recognize reply messages when threading
5889 and replying. The default value corresponds to the English "Re:" and
5892 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b22
\b29
\b9.
\b. r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by_
\b_s
\bse
\bel
\blf
\bf
5897 If unset and you are replying to a message sent by you, Mutt will
5898 assume that you want to reply to the recipients of that message rather
5900 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b30
\b0.
\b. r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by_
\b_t
\bto
\bo
5905 If set, Mutt will ask you if you want to use the address listed in the
5906 Reply-To: header field when replying to a message. If you answer no,
5907 it will use the address in the From: header field instead. This
5908 option is useful for reading a mailing list that sets the Reply-To:
5909 header field to the list address and you want to send a private
5910 message to the author of a message.
5912 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b31
\b1.
\b. r
\bre
\bes
\bso
\bol
\blv
\bve
\be
5917 When set, the cursor will be automatically advanced to the next
5918 (possibly undeleted) message whenever a command that modifies the
5919 current message is executed.
5921 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b32
\b2.
\b. r
\bre
\bev
\bve
\ber
\brs
\bse
\be_
\b_a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs
5926 This variable controls whether or not Mutt will display the "personal"
5927 name from your aliases in the index menu if it finds an alias that
5928 matches the message's sender. For example, if you have the following
5931 alias juser abd30425@somewhere.net (Joe User)
5933 and then you receive mail which contains the following header:
5935 From: abd30425@somewhere.net
5937 It would be displayed in the index menu as ``Joe User'' instead of
5938 ``abd30425@somewhere.net.'' This is useful when the person's e-mail
5939 address is not human friendly (like CompuServe addresses).
5941 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b33
\b3.
\b. r
\bre
\bev
\bve
\ber
\brs
\bse
\be_
\b_n
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
5945 It may sometimes arrive that you receive mail to a certain machine,
5946 move the messages to another machine, and reply to some the messages
5947 from there. If this variable is set, the default _
\bF_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\b: line of the
5948 reply messages is built using the address where you received the
5949 messages you are replying to. If the variable is unset, the _
\bF_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\b:
5950 line will use your address on the current machine.
5952 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b34
\b4.
\b. r
\bre
\bev
\bve
\ber
\brs
\bse
\be_
\b_r
\bre
\bea
\bal
\bln
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
5957 This variable fine-tunes the behaviour of the ``reverse_name''
5958 feature. When it is set, mutt will use the address from incoming
5959 messages as-is, possibly including eventual real names. When it is
5960 unset, mutt will override any such real names with the setting of the
5961 ``realname'' variable.
5963 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b35
\b5.
\b. r
\brf
\bfc
\bc2
\b20
\b04
\b47
\b7_
\b_p
\bpa
\bar
\bra
\bam
\bme
\bet
\bte
\ber
\brs
\bs
5968 When this variable is set, Mutt will decode RFC-2047-encoded MIME
5969 parameters. You want to set this variable when mutt suggests you to
5970 save attachments to files named like this:
5971 =?iso-8859-1?Q?file=5F=E4=5F991116=2Ezip?=
5973 When this variable is set interactively, the change doesn't have the
5974 desired effect before you have changed folders.
5976 Note that this use of RFC 2047's encoding is explicitly, prohibited by
5977 the standard, but nevertheless encountered in the wild. Also note
5978 that setting this parameter will _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt have the effect that mutt
5979 _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs this kind of encoding. Instead, mutt will unconditionally
5980 use the encoding specified in RFC 2231.
5982 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b36
\b6.
\b. s
\bsa
\bav
\bve
\be_
\b_a
\bad
\bdd
\bdr
\bre
\bes
\bss
\bs
5987 If set, mutt will take the sender's full address when choosing a
5988 default folder for saving a mail. If ````$save_name'''' or
5989 ````$force_name'''' is set too, the selection of the fcc folder will
5992 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b37
\b7.
\b. s
\bsa
\bav
\bve
\be_
\b_e
\bem
\bmp
\bpt
\bty
\by
5997 When unset, mailboxes which contain no saved messages will be removed
5998 when closed (the exception is ````$spoolfile'''' which is never
5999 removed). If set, mailboxes are never removed.
6001 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This only applies to mbox and MMDF folders, Mutt does not delete
6002 MH and Maildir directories.
6004 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b38
\b8.
\b. s
\bsa
\bav
\bve
\be_
\b_n
\bna
\bam
\bme
\be
6009 This variable controls how copies of outgoing messages are saved.
6010 When set, a check is made to see if a mailbox specified by the
6011 recipient address exists (this is done by searching for a mailbox in
6012 the ````$folder'''' directory with the _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be part of the recipient
6013 address). If the mailbox exists, the outgoing message will be saved
6014 to that mailbox, otherwise the message is saved to the ````$record''''
6017 Also see the ````$force_name'''' variable.
6019 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b23
\b39
\b9.
\b. s
\bsc
\bco
\bor
\bre
\be
6024 When this variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, scoring is turned off. This can be
6025 useful to selectively disable scoring for certain folders when the
6026 ````$score_threshold_delete'''' variable and friends are used.
6028 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b40
\b0.
\b. s
\bsc
\bco
\bor
\bre
\be_
\b_t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bes
\bsh
\bho
\bol
\bld
\bd_
\b_d
\bde
\bel
\ble
\bet
\bte
\be
6033 Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the
6034 value of this variable are automatically marked for deletion by mutt.
6035 Since mutt scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the
6036 default setting of this variable will never mark a message for
6039 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b41
\b1.
\b. s
\bsc
\bco
\bor
\bre
\be_
\b_t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bes
\bsh
\bho
\bol
\bld
\bd_
\b_f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bg
6044 Messages which have been assigned a score greater than or equal to
6045 this variable's value are automatically marked "flagged".
6047 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b42
\b2.
\b. s
\bsc
\bco
\bor
\bre
\be_
\b_t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bes
\bsh
\bho
\bol
\bld
\bd_
\b_r
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd
6051 Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the
6052 value of this variable are automatically marked as read by mutt.
6053 Since mutt scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the
6054 default setting of this variable will never mark a message read.
6056 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b43
\b3.
\b. s
\bse
\ben
\bnd
\bd_
\b_c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bse
\bet
\bt
6059 Default: "us-ascii:iso-8859-1:utf-8"
6061 A list of character sets for outgoing messages. Mutt will use the
6062 first character set into which the text can be converted exactly. If
6063 your ````$charset'''' is not iso-8859-1 and recipients may not
6064 understand UTF-8, it is advisable to include in the list an
6065 appropriate widely used standard character set (such as iso-8859-2,
6066 koi8-r or iso-2022-jp) either instead of or after "iso-8859-1".
6068 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b44
\b4.
\b. s
\bse
\ben
\bnd
\bdm
\bma
\bai
\bil
\bl
6071 Default: "/usr/sbin/sendmail -oem -oi"
6073 Specifies the program and arguments used to deliver mail sent by Mutt.
6074 Mutt expects that the specified program interprets additional
6075 arguments as recipient addresses.
6077 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b45
\b5.
\b. s
\bse
\ben
\bnd
\bdm
\bma
\bai
\bil
\bl_
\b_w
\bwa
\bai
\bit
\bt
6082 Specifies the number of seconds to wait for the ````$sendmail''''
6083 process to finish before giving up and putting delivery in the
6086 Mutt interprets the value of this variable as follows:
6088 >
\b>0
\b0 number of seconds to wait for sendmail to finish before
6091 0
\b0 wait forever for sendmail to finish
6093 <
\b<0
\b0 always put sendmail in the background without waiting
6095 Note that if you specify a value other than 0, the output of the child
6096 process will be put in a temporary file. If there is some error, you
6097 will be informed as to where to find the output.
6099 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b46
\b6.
\b. s
\bsh
\bhe
\bel
\bll
\bl
6104 Command to use when spawning a subshell. By default, the user's login
6105 shell from /etc/passwd is used.
6107 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b47
\b7.
\b. s
\bsa
\bav
\bve
\be_
\b_u
\bun
\bns
\bsu
\bub
\bbs
\bsc
\bcr
\bri
\bib
\bbe
\bed
\bd
6112 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, info about unsubscribed newsgroups will be saved into
6113 ``newsrc'' file and into cache.
6115 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b48
\b8.
\b. s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw_
\b_n
\bne
\bew
\bw_
\b_n
\bne
\bew
\bws
\bs
6120 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, newsserver will be asked for new newsgroups on entering the
6121 browser. Otherwise, it will be done only once for a newsserver. Also
6122 controls whether or not number of new articles of subscribed
6123 newsgroups will be then checked.
6125 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b24
\b49
\b9.
\b. s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw_
\b_o
\bon
\bnl
\bly
\by_
\b_u
\bun
\bnr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd
6130 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, only subscribed newsgroups that contain unread articles will
6131 be displayed in browser.
6133 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b50
\b0.
\b. s
\bsi
\big
\bg_
\b_d
\bda
\bas
\bsh
\bhe
\bes
\bs
6138 If set, a line containing ``-- '' will be inserted before your
6139 ````$signature''''. It is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by recommended that you not unset
6140 this variable unless your ``signature'' contains just your name. The
6141 reason for this is because many software packages use ``-- \n'' to
6142 detect your signature. For example, Mutt has the ability to highlight
6143 the signature in a different color in the builtin pager.
6145 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b51
\b1.
\b. s
\bsi
\big
\bg_
\b_o
\bon
\bn_
\b_t
\bto
\bop
\bp
6150 If set, the signature will be included before any quoted or forwarded
6151 text. It is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by recommended that you do not set this variable
6152 unless you really know what you are doing, and are prepared to take
6153 some heat from netiquette guardians.
6155 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b52
\b2.
\b. s
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bna
\bat
\btu
\bur
\bre
\be
6158 Default: "~/.signature"
6160 Specifies the filename of your signature, which is appended to all
6161 outgoing messages. If the filename ends with a pipe (``|''), it is
6162 assumed that filename is a shell command and input should be read from
6165 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b53
\b3.
\b. s
\bsi
\bim
\bmp
\bpl
\ble
\be_
\b_s
\bse
\bea
\bar
\brc
\bch
\bh
6168 Default: "~f %s | ~s %s"
6170 Specifies how Mutt should expand a simple search into a real search
6171 pattern. A simple search is one that does not contain any of the ~
6172 operators. See ````patterns'''' for more information on search
6175 For example, if you simply type joe at a search or limit prompt, Mutt
6176 will automatically expand it to the value specified by this variable.
6177 For the default value it would be:
6181 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b54
\b4.
\b. s
\bsm
\bma
\bar
\brt
\bt_
\b_w
\bwr
\bra
\bap
\bp
6186 Controls the display of lines longer than the screen width in the
6187 internal pager. If set, long lines are wrapped at a word boundary. If
6188 unset, lines are simply wrapped at the screen edge. Also see the
6189 ````$markers'''' variable.
6191 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b55
\b5.
\b. s
\bsm
\bmi
\bil
\ble
\bey
\bys
\bs
6193 Type: regular expression
6194 Default: "(>From )|(:[-^]?[][)(><}{|/DP])"
6196 The _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br uses this variable to catch some common false positives of
6197 ````$quote_regexp'''', most notably smileys in the beginning of a line
6199 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b56
\b6.
\b. s
\bsl
\ble
\bee
\bep
\bp_
\b_t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\be
6204 Specifies time, in seconds, to pause while displaying certain
6205 informational messages, while moving from folder to folder and after
6206 expunging messages from the current folder. The default is to pause
6207 one second, so a value of zero for this option suppresses the pause.
6208 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b57
\b7.
\b. s
\bso
\bor
\brt
\bt
6213 Specifies how to sort messages in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu. Valid values are:
6218 mailbox-order (unsorted)
6225 You may optionally use the reverse- prefix to specify reverse sorting
6226 order (example: set sort=reverse-date-sent).
6228 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b58
\b8.
\b. s
\bso
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs
6233 Specifies how the entries in the `alias' menu are sorted. The
6234 following are legal values:
6236 address (sort alphabetically by email address)
6237 alias (sort alphabetically by alias name)
6238 unsorted (leave in order specified in .muttrc)
6240 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b25
\b59
\b9.
\b. s
\bso
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_a
\bau
\bux
\bx
6245 When sorting by threads, this variable controls how threads are sorted
6246 in relation to other threads, and how the branches of the thread trees
6247 are sorted. This can be set to any value that ````$sort'''' can,
6248 except threads (in that case, mutt will just use date-sent). You can
6249 also specify the last- prefix in addition to the reverse- prefix, but
6250 last- must come after reverse-. The last- prefix causes messages to
6251 be sorted against its siblings by which has the last descendant, using
6252 the rest of sort_aux as an ordering. For instance, set sort_aux=last-
6253 date-received would mean that if a new message is received in a
6254 thread, that thread becomes the last one displayed (or the first, if
6255 you have set sort=reverse-threads.) Note: For reversed ````$sort''''
6256 order ``$sort_aux'' is reversed again (which is not the right thing to
6257 do, but kept to not break any existing configuration setting).
6259 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b60
\b0.
\b. s
\bso
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_b
\bbr
\bro
\bow
\bws
\bse
\ber
\br
6264 Specifies how to sort entries in the file browser. By default, the
6265 entries are sorted alphabetically. Valid values:
6267 alpha (alphabetically)
6272 You may optionally use the reverse- prefix to specify reverse sorting
6273 order (example: set sort_browser=reverse-date).
6275 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b61
\b1.
\b. s
\bso
\bor
\brt
\bt_
\b_r
\bre
\be
6280 This variable is only useful when sorting by threads with
6281 ````$strict_threads'''' unset. In that case, it changes the heuristic
6282 mutt uses to thread messages by subject. With sort_re set, mutt will
6283 only attach a message as the child of another message by subject if
6284 the subject of the child message starts with a substring matching the
6285 setting of ````$reply_regexp''''. With sort_re unset, mutt will
6286 attach the message whether or not this is the case, as long as the
6287 non-````$reply_regexp'''' parts of both messages are identical.
6289 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b62
\b2.
\b. s
\bsp
\bpo
\boo
\bol
\blf
\bfi
\bil
\ble
\be
6294 If your spool mailbox is in a non-default place where Mutt cannot find
6295 it, you can specify its location with this variable. Mutt will
6296 automatically set this variable to the value of the environment
6297 variable $MAIL if it is not set.
6299 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b63
\b3.
\b. s
\bst
\bta
\bat
\btu
\bus
\bs_
\b_c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bs
6304 Controls the characters used by the "%r" indicator in
6305 ````$status_format''''. The first character is used when the mailbox
6306 is unchanged. The second is used when the mailbox has been changed,
6307 and it needs to be resynchronized. The third is used if the mailbox is
6308 in read-only mode, or if the mailbox will not be written when exiting
6309 that mailbox (You can toggle whether to write changes to a mailbox
6310 with the toggle-write operation, bound by default to "%"). The fourth
6311 is used to indicate that the current folder has been opened in attach-
6312 message mode (Certain operations like composing a new mail, replying,
6313 forwarding, etc. are not permitted in this mode).
6315 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b64
\b4.
\b. s
\bst
\bta
\bat
\btu
\bus
\bs_
\b_f
\bfo
\bor
\brm
\bma
\bat
\bt
6318 Default: "-%r-Mutt: %f [Msgs:%?M?%M/?%m%?n? New:%n?%?o? Old:%o?%?d?
6319 Del:%d?%?F? Flag:%F?%?t? Tag:%t?%?p? Post:%p?%?b? Inc:%b?%?l?
6320 %l?]---(%s/%S)-%>-(%P)---"
6322 Controls the format of the status line displayed in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu.
6323 This string is similar to ````$index_format'''', but has its own set
6324 of printf()-like sequences:
6326 %
\b%b
\bb number of mailboxes with new mail *
6328 %
\b%d
\bd number of deleted messages *
6330 %
\b%f
\bf the full pathname of the current mailbox
6332 %
\b%F
\bF number of flagged messages *
6334 %
\b%h
\bh local hostname
6336 %
\b%l
\bl size (in bytes) of the current mailbox *
6338 %
\b%L
\bL size (in bytes) of the messages shown (i.e., which match the
6341 %
\b%m
\bm the number of messages in the mailbox *
6343 %
\b%M
\bM the number of messages shown (i.e., which match the current
6346 %
\b%n
\bn number of new messages in the mailbox *
6348 %
\b%o
\bo number of old unread messages
6350 %
\b%p
\bp number of postponed messages *
6352 %
\b%P
\bP percentage of the way through the index
6354 %
\b%r
\br modified/read-only/won't-write/attach-message indicator,
6355 according to ``$status_chars''
6357 %
\b%s
\bs current sorting mode (``$sort'')
6359 %
\b%S
\bS current aux sorting method (``$sort_aux'')
6361 %
\b%t
\bt number of tagged messages *
6363 %
\b%u
\bu number of unread messages *
6365 %
\b%v
\bv Mutt version string
6367 %
\b%V
\bV currently active limit pattern, if any *
6370 right justify the rest of the string and pad with "X"
6373 pad to the end of the line with "X"
6375 * = can be optionally printed if nonzero
6377 Some of the above sequences can be used to optionally print a string
6378 if their value is nonzero. For example, you may only want to see the
6379 number of flagged messages if such messages exist, since zero is not
6380 particularly meaningful. To optionally print a string based upon one
6381 of the above sequences, the following construct is used
6383 %?<sequence_char>?<optional_string>?
6385 where _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br is a character from the table above, and
6386 _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg is the string you would like printed if _
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br is
6387 nonzero. _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg m
\bma
\bay
\by contain other sequence as well as normal
6388 text, but you may n
\bno
\bot
\bt nest optional strings.
6390 Here is an example illustrating how to optionally print the number of
6391 new messages in a mailbox: %?n?%n new messages.?
6393 Additionally you can switch between two strings, the first one, if a
6394 value is zero, the second one, if the value is nonzero, by using the
6395 following construct: %?<sequence_char>?<if_string>&<else_string>?
6397 You can additionally force the result of any printf-like sequence to
6398 be lowercase by prefixing the sequence character with an underscore
6399 (_) sign. For example, if you want to display the local hostname in
6400 lowercase, you would use: %_h
6402 If you prefix the sequence character with a colon (:) character, mutt
6403 will replace any dots in the expansion by underscores. This might be
6404 helpful with IMAP folders that don't like dots in folder names.
6406 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b65
\b5.
\b. s
\bst
\bta
\bat
\btu
\bus
\bs_
\b_o
\bon
\bn_
\b_t
\bto
\bop
\bp
6411 Setting this variable causes the ``status bar'' to be displayed on the
6412 first line of the screen rather than near the bottom.
6414 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b66
\b6.
\b. s
\bst
\btr
\bri
\bic
\bct
\bt_
\b_t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bds
\bs
6419 If set, threading will only make use of the ``In-Reply-To'' and
6420 ``References'' fields when you ````$sort'''' by message threads. By
6421 default, messages with the same subject are grouped together in
6422 ``pseudo threads.'' This may not always be desirable, such as in a
6423 personal mailbox where you might have several unrelated messages with
6424 the subject ``hi'' which will get grouped together.
6426 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b67
\b7.
\b. s
\bsu
\bus
\bsp
\bpe
\ben
\bnd
\bd
6431 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt won't stop when the user presses the terminal's _
\bs_
\bu_
\bs_
\bp
6432 key, usually ``control-Z''. This is useful if you run mutt inside an
6433 xterm using a command like xterm -e mutt.
6435 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b68
\b8.
\b. t
\bte
\bex
\bxt
\bt_
\b_f
\bfl
\blo
\bow
\bwe
\bed
\bd
6440 When set, mutt will generate text/plain; format=flowed attachments.
6441 This format is easier to handle for some mailing software, and
6442 generally just looks like ordinary text. To actually make use of this
6443 format's features, you'll need support in your editor.
6445 Note that ``$indent_string'' is ignored when this option is set.
6447 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b26
\b69
\b9.
\b. t
\bth
\bhr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd_
\b_r
\bre
\bec
\bce
\bei
\biv
\bve
\bed
\bd
6452 When set, mutt uses the date received rather than the date sent to
6453 thread messages by subject.
6455 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b70
\b0.
\b. t
\bth
\bho
\bor
\bro
\bou
\bug
\bgh
\bh_
\b_s
\bse
\bea
\bar
\brc
\bch
\bh
6460 Affects the _
\b~_
\bb and _
\b~_
\bh search operations described in section
6461 ````patterns'''' above. If set, the headers and attachments of
6462 messages to be searched are decoded before searching. If unset,
6463 messages are searched as they appear in the folder.
6465 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b71
\b1.
\b. t
\bti
\bil
\bld
\bde
\be
6470 When set, the internal-pager will pad blank lines to the bottom of the
6471 screen with a tilde (~).
6473 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b72
\b2.
\b. t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\beo
\bou
\but
\bt
6478 This variable controls the _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br _
\bo_
\bf _
\bs_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs Mutt will wait for a key
6479 to be pressed in the main menu before timing out and checking for new
6480 mail. A value of zero or less will cause Mutt to never time out.
6482 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b73
\b3.
\b. t
\btm
\bmp
\bpd
\bdi
\bir
\br
6487 This variable allows you to specify where Mutt will place its
6488 temporary files needed for displaying and composing messages. If this
6489 variable is not set, the environment variable TMPDIR is used. If
6490 TMPDIR is not set then "/tmp" is used.
6492 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b74
\b4.
\b. t
\bto
\bo_
\b_c
\bch
\bha
\bar
\brs
\bs
6497 Controls the character used to indicate mail addressed to you. The
6498 first character is the one used when the mail is NOT addressed to your
6499 address (default: space). The second is used when you are the only
6500 recipient of the message (default: +). The third is when your address
6501 appears in the TO header field, but you are not the only recipient of
6502 the message (default: T). The fourth character is used when your
6503 address is specified in the CC header field, but you are not the only
6504 recipient. The fifth character is used to indicate mail that was sent
6505 by _
\by_
\bo_
\bu. The sixth character is used to indicate when a mail was sent
6506 to a mailing-list you subscribe to (default: L).
6508 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b75
\b5.
\b. t
\btu
\bun
\bnn
\bne
\bel
\bl
6513 Setting this variable will cause mutt to open a pipe to a command
6514 instead of a raw socket. You may be able to use this to set up
6515 preauthenticated connections to your IMAP/POP3 server. Example:
6517 tunnel="ssh -q mailhost.net /usr/local/libexec/imapd"
6519 NOTE: For this example to work you must be able to log in to the
6520 remote machine without having to enter a password.
6522 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b76
\b6.
\b. u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_8
\b8b
\bbi
\bit
\btm
\bmi
\bim
\bme
\be
6527 W
\bWa
\bar
\brn
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg:
\b: do not set this variable unless you are using a version of
6528 sendmail which supports the -B8BITMIME flag (such as sendmail 8.8.x)
6529 or you may not be able to send mail.
6531 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt will invoke ````$sendmail'''' with the -B8BITMIME flag
6532 when sending 8-bit messages to enable ESMTP negotiation.
6534 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b77
\b7.
\b. u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_d
\bdo
\bom
\bma
\bai
\bin
\bn
6539 When set, Mutt will qualify all local addresses (ones without the
6540 @host portion) with the value of ````$hostname''''. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no
6541 addresses will be qualified.
6543 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b78
\b8.
\b. u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_f
\bfr
\bro
\bom
\bm
6548 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt will generate the `From:' header field when sending
6549 messages. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no `From:' header field will be generated unless
6550 the user explicitly sets one using the ````my_hdr'''' command.
6552 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b27
\b79
\b9.
\b. u
\bus
\bse
\be_
\b_i
\bip
\bpv
\bv6
\b6
6557 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt will look for IPv6 addresses of hosts it tries to
6558 contact. If this option is unset, Mutt will restrict itself to IPv4
6559 addresses. Normally, the default should work.
6561 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b80
\b0.
\b. u
\bus
\bse
\ber
\br_
\b_a
\bag
\bge
\ben
\bnt
\bt
6566 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt will add a "User-Agent" header to outgoing messages,
6567 indicating which version of mutt was used for composing them.
6569 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b81
\b1.
\b. v
\bvi
\bis
\bsu
\bua
\bal
\bl
6574 Specifies the visual editor to invoke when the _
\b~_
\bv command is given in
6577 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b82
\b2.
\b. w
\bwa
\bai
\bit
\bt_
\b_k
\bke
\bey
\by
6582 Controls whether Mutt will ask you to press a key after _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\b- _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be,
6583 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by, _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be, and _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by commands.
6585 It is also used when viewing attachments with ````auto_view'''',
6586 provided that the corresponding mailcap entry has a _
\bn_
\be_
\be_
\bd_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl
6587 flag, and the external program is interactive.
6589 When set, Mutt will always ask for a key. When unset, Mutt will wait
6590 for a key only if the external command returned a non-zero status.
6592 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b83
\b3.
\b. w
\bwe
\bee
\bed
\bd
6597 When set, mutt will weed headers when when displaying, forwarding,
6598 printing, or replying to messages.
6600 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b84
\b4.
\b. w
\bwr
\bra
\bap
\bp_
\b_s
\bse
\bea
\bar
\brc
\bch
\bh
6605 Controls whether searches wrap around the end of the mailbox.
6607 When set, searches will wrap around the first (or last) message. When
6608 unset, searches will not wrap.
6610 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b85
\b5.
\b. w
\bwr
\bra
\bap
\bpm
\bma
\bar
\brg
\bgi
\bin
\bn
6615 Controls the size of the margin remaining at the right side of the
6616 terminal when mutt's pager does smart wrapping.
6618 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b86
\b6.
\b. w
\bwr
\bri
\bit
\bte
\be_
\b_i
\bin
\bnc
\bc
6623 When writing a mailbox, a message will be printed every _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc
6624 messages to indicate progress. If set to 0, only a single message
6625 will be displayed before writing a mailbox.
6627 Also see the ````$read_inc'''' variable.
6629 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b87
\b7.
\b. w
\bwr
\bri
\bit
\bte
\be_
\b_b
\bbc
\bcc
\bc
6634 Controls whether mutt writes out the Bcc header when preparing
6635 messages to be sent. Exim users may wish to use this.
6637 6
\b6.
\b.3
\b3.
\b.2
\b28
\b88
\b8.
\b. x
\bx_
\b_c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bme
\ben
\bnt
\bt_
\b_t
\bto
\bo
6642 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt will add ``X-Comment-To:'' field (that contains full name
6643 of original article author) to article that followuped to newsgroup.
6645 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. F
\bFu
\bun
\bnc
\bct
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bns
\bs
6647 The following is the list of available functions listed by the mapping
6648 in which they are available. The default key setting is given, and an
6649 explanation of what the function does. The key bindings of these
6650 functions can be changed with the ``bind'' command.
6652 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. g
\bge
\ben
\bne
\ber
\bri
\bic
\bc
6654 The _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bc menu is not a real menu, but specifies common functions
6655 (such as movement) available in all menus except for _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br and _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br.
6656 Changing settings for this menu will affect the default bindings for
6657 all menus (except as noted).
6659 bottom-page L move to the bottom of the page
6660 current-bottom not bound move current entry to bottom of page
6661 current-middle not bound move current entry to middle of page
6662 current-top not bound move current entry to top of page
6663 enter-command : enter a muttrc command
6664 exit q exit this menu
6665 first-entry = move to the first entry
6666 half-down ] scroll down 1/2 page
6667 half-up [ scroll up 1/2 page
6669 jump number jump to an index number
6670 last-entry * move to the last entry
6671 middle-page M move to the middle of the page
6672 next-entry j move to the next entry
6673 next-line > scroll down one line
6674 next-page z move to the next page
6675 previous-entry k move to the previous entry
6676 previous-line < scroll up one line
6677 previous-page Z move to the previous page
6678 refresh ^L clear and redraw the screen
6679 search / search for a regular expression
6680 search-next n search for next match
6681 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
6682 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
6683 select-entry RET select the current entry
6684 shell-escape ! run a program in a subshell
6685 tag-entry t toggle the tag on the current entry
6686 tag-prefix ; apply next command to tagged entries
6687 top-page H move to the top of the page
6689 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. i
\bin
\bnd
\bde
\bex
\bx
6691 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
6692 change-folder c open a different folder
6693 change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
6694 check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
6695 clear-flag W clear a status flag from a message
6696 copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
6697 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
6698 decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
6699 decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
6700 delete-message d delete the current entry
6701 delete-pattern D delete messages matching a pattern
6702 delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
6703 delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
6704 display-address @ display full address of sender
6705 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
6706 display-message RET display a message
6707 edit e edit the current message
6708 edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
6709 exit x exit without saving changes
6710 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
6711 fetch-mail G retrieve mail from POP server
6712 flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
6713 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
6714 forward-message f forward a message with comments
6715 group-reply g reply to all recipients
6716 limit l show only messages matching a pattern
6717 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
6718 mail m compose a new mail message
6719 mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
6720 next-new TAB jump to the next new message
6721 next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
6722 next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
6723 next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
6724 next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
6725 parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
6726 pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
6727 previous-new ESC TAB jump to the previous new message
6728 previous-page Z move to the previous page
6729 previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
6730 previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
6731 previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
6732 previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
6733 print-message p print the current entry
6734 query Q query external program for addresses
6735 quit q save changes to mailbox and quit
6736 read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
6737 read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
6738 recall-message R recall a postponed message
6739 reply r reply to a message
6740 resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
6741 save-message s save message/attachment to a file
6742 set-flag w set a status flag on a message
6743 show-version V show the Mutt version number and date
6744 show-limit ESC l show currently active limit pattern, if any
6745 sort-mailbox o sort messages
6746 sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
6747 sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
6748 tag-pattern T tag messages matching a pattern
6749 tag-thread ESC t tag/untag all messages in the current thread
6750 toggle-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
6751 toggle-write % toggle whether the mailbox will be rewritten
6752 undelete-message u undelete the current entry
6753 undelete-pattern U undelete messages matching a pattern
6754 undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
6755 undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
6756 untag-pattern ^T untag messages matching a pattern
6757 view-attachments v show MIME attachments
6759 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. p
\bpa
\bag
\bge
\ber
\br
6761 bottom not bound jump to the bottom of the message
6762 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
6763 change-folder c open a different folder
6764 change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
6765 check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
6766 copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
6767 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
6768 decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
6769 decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
6770 delete-message d delete the current entry
6771 delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
6772 delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
6773 display-address @ display full address of sender
6774 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
6775 edit e edit the current message
6776 edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
6777 enter-command : enter a muttrc command
6778 exit i return to the main-menu
6779 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
6780 flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
6781 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
6782 forward-message f forward a message with comments
6783 group-reply g reply to all recipients
6784 half-up not bound move up one-half page
6785 half-down not bound move down one-half page
6787 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
6788 mail m compose a new mail message
6789 mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
6790 mark-as-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
6791 next-line RET scroll down one line
6792 next-entry J move to the next entry
6793 next-new TAB jump to the next new message
6794 next-page move to the next page
6795 next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
6796 next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
6797 next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
6798 next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
6799 parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
6800 pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
6801 previous-line BackSpace scroll up one line
6802 previous-entry K move to the previous entry
6803 previous-new not bound jump to the previous new message
6804 previous-page - move to the previous page
6805 previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
6806 previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
6807 previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
6808 previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
6809 print-message p print the current entry
6810 quit Q save changes to mailbox and quit
6811 read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
6812 read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
6813 recall-message R recall a postponed message
6814 redraw-screen ^L clear and redraw the screen
6815 reply r reply to a message
6816 save-message s save message/attachment to a file
6817 search / search for a regular expression
6818 search-next n search for next match
6819 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
6820 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
6821 search-toggle \ toggle search pattern coloring
6822 shell-escape ! invoke a command in a subshell
6823 show-version V show the Mutt version number and date
6824 skip-quoted S skip beyond quoted text
6825 sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
6826 tag-message t tag a message
6827 toggle-quoted T toggle display of quoted text
6828 top ^ jump to the top of the message
6829 undelete-message u undelete the current entry
6830 undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
6831 undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
6832 view-attachments v show MIME attachments
6834 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs
6836 search / search for a regular expression
6837 search-next n search for next match
6838 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
6840 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. q
\bqu
\bue
\ber
\bry
\by
6842 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
6843 mail m compose a new mail message
6844 query Q query external program for addresses
6845 query-append A append new query results to current results
6846 search / search for a regular expression
6847 search-next n search for next match
6848 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
6849 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
6851 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.6
\b6.
\b. a
\bat
\btt
\bta
\bac
\bch
\bh
6853 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
6854 collapse-parts v toggle display of subparts
6855 delete-entry d delete the current entry
6856 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
6857 edit-type ^E edit the current entry's Content-Type
6858 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
6859 forward-message f forward a message with comments
6860 group-reply g reply to all recipients
6861 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
6862 pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
6863 print-entry p print the current entry
6864 reply r reply to a message
6865 resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
6866 save-entry s save message/attachment to a file
6867 undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
6868 view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
6869 view-mailcap m force viewing of attachment using mailcap
6870 view-text T view attachment as text
6872 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.7
\b7.
\b. c
\bco
\bom
\bmp
\bpo
\bos
\bse
\be
6874 attach-file a attach a file(s) to this message
6875 attach-message A attach message(s) to this message
6876 attach-key ESC k attach a PGP public key
6877 copy-file C save message/attachment to a file
6878 detach-file D delete the current entry
6879 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
6880 edit-bcc b edit the BCC list
6881 edit-cc c edit the CC list
6882 edit-description d edit attachment description
6883 edit-encoding ^E edit attachment transfer-encoding
6884 edit-fcc f enter a file to save a copy of this message in
6885 edit-from ESC f edit the from: field
6886 edit-file ^X e edit the file to be attached
6887 edit-headers E edit the message with headers
6888 edit e edit the message
6889 edit-mime m edit attachment using mailcap entry
6890 edit-reply-to r edit the Reply-To field
6891 edit-subject s edit the subject of this message
6892 edit-to t edit the TO list
6893 edit-type ^T edit attachment type
6894 filter-entry F filter attachment through a shell command
6895 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
6896 ispell i run ispell on the message
6897 new-mime n compose new attachment using mailcap entry
6898 pgp-menu p show PGP options
6899 pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
6900 postpone-message P save this message to send later
6901 print-entry l print the current entry
6902 rename-file R rename/move an attached file
6903 send-message y send the message
6904 toggle-unlink u toggle whether to delete file after sending it
6905 view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
6906 write-fcc w write the message to a folder
6908 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.8
\b8.
\b. p
\bpo
\bos
\bst
\btp
\bpo
\bon
\bne
\be
6910 delete-entry d delete the current entry
6911 undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
6913 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.9
\b9.
\b. b
\bbr
\bro
\bow
\bws
\bse
\ber
\br
6915 change-dir c change directories
6916 check-new TAB check mailboxes for new mail
6917 enter-mask m enter a file mask
6918 search / search for a regular expression
6919 search-next n search for next match
6920 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
6921 select-new N select a new file in this directory
6922 sort o sort messages
6923 sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
6924 toggle-mailboxes TAB toggle whether to browse mailboxes or all files
6925 view-file SPACE view file
6926 subscribe s subscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
6927 unsubscribe u unsubscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
6928 toggle-subscribed T toggle view all/subscribed mailboxes (IMAP Only)
6930 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.1
\b10
\b0.
\b. p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp
6932 view-name % view the key's user id
6933 verify-key c verify a PGP public key
6935 6
\b6.
\b.4
\b4.
\b.1
\b11
\b1.
\b. e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bto
\bor
\br
6937 backspace BackSpace delete the char in front of the cursor
6938 backward-char ^B move the cursor one character to the left
6939 backward-word ESC b move the cursor to the previous word
6940 bol ^A jump to the beginning of the line
6941 buffy-cycle Space cycle among incoming mailboxes
6942 capitalize-word ESC c uppercase the first character in the word
6943 complete TAB complete filename or alias
6944 complete-query ^T complete address with query
6945 delete-char ^D delete the char under the cursor
6946 downcase-word ESC l lowercase all characters in current word
6947 eol ^E jump to the end of the line
6948 forward-char ^F move the cursor one character to the right
6949 forward-word ESC f move the cursor to the next word
6950 history-down not bound scroll down through the history list
6951 history-up not bound scroll up through the history list
6952 kill-eol ^K delete chars from cursor to end of line
6953 kill-eow ESC d delete chars from cursor to end of word
6954 kill-line ^U delete all chars on the line
6955 kill-word ^W delete the word in front of the cursor
6956 quote-char ^V quote the next typed key
6957 transpose-chars not bound transpose character under cursor with previous
6958 upcase-word ESC u uppercase all characters in current word
6960 7
\b7.
\b. M
\bMi
\bis
\bsc
\bce
\bel
\bll
\bla
\ban
\bny
\by
6962 7
\b7.
\b.1
\b1.
\b. A
\bAc
\bck
\bkn
\bno
\bow
\bwl
\ble
\bed
\bdg
\bge
\bem
\bme
\ben
\bnt
\bts
\bs
6964 Kari Hurtta <kari.hurtta@fmi.fi> co-developed the original MIME
6965 parsing code back in the ELM-ME days.
6967 The following people have been very helpful to the development of
6970 Vikas Agnihotri <vikasa@writeme.com>,
6971 Francois Berjon <Francois.Berjon@aar.alcatel-alsthom.fr>,
6972 Aric Blumer <aric@fore.com>,
6973 John Capo <jc@irbs.com>,
6974 David Champion <dgc@uchicago.edu,
6975 Brendan Cully <brendan@kublai.com>,
6976 Liviu Daia <daia@stoilow.imar.ro>,
6977 Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@herndon4.his.com>,
6978 David DeSimone <fox@convex.hp.com>,
6979 Nickolay N. Dudorov <nnd@wint.itfs.nsk.su>,
6980 Ruslan Ermilov <ru@freebsd.org>,
6981 Edmund Grimley Evans <edmundo@rano.org,
6982 Michael Finken <finken@conware.de>,
6983 Sven Guckes <guckes@math.fu-berlin.de>,
6984 Lars Hecking <lhecking@nmrc.ie>,
6985 Mark Holloman <holloman@nando.net>,
6986 Andreas Holzmann <holzmann@fmi.uni-passau.de>,
6987 Marco d'Itri <md@linux.it>,
6988 Björn Jacke <bjacke@suse.com>,
6989 Byrial Jensen <byrial@image.dk>,
6990 David Jeske <jeske@igcom.net>,
6991 Christophe Kalt <kalt@hugo.int-evry.fr>,
6992 Tommi Komulainen <Tommi.Komulainen@iki.fi>,
6993 Felix von Leitner (a.k.a ``Fefe'') <leitner@math.fu-berlin.de>,
6994 Brandon Long <blong@fiction.net>,
6995 Jimmy Mäkelä <jmy@flashback.net>,
6996 Lars Marowsky-Bree <lmb@pointer.in-minden.de>,
6997 Thomas ``Mike'' Michlmayr <mike@cosy.sbg.ac.at>,
6998 Andrew W. Nosenko <awn@bcs.zp.ua>,
6999 David O'Brien <obrien@Nuxi.cs.ucdavis.edu>,
7000 Clint Olsen <olsenc@ichips.intel.com>,
7001 Park Myeong Seok <pms@romance.kaist.ac.kr>,
7002 Thomas Parmelan <tom@ankh.fr.eu.org>,
7003 Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr>,
7004 Thomas Roessler <roessler@does-not-exist.org>,
7005 Roland Rosenfeld <roland@spinnaker.de>,
7006 TAKIZAWA Takashi <taki@luna.email.ne.jp>,
7007 Allain Thivillon <Allain.Thivillon@alma.fr>,
7008 Gero Treuner <gero@faveve.uni-stuttgart.de>,
7009 Vsevolod Volkov <vvv@lucky.net>,
7010 Ken Weinert <kenw@ihs.com>
7012 7
\b7.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. A
\bAb
\bbo
\bou
\but
\bt t
\bth
\bhi
\bis
\bs d
\bdo
\boc
\bcu
\bum
\bme
\ben
\bnt
\bt
7014 This document was written in SGML, and then rendered using the sgml-